academic regulations, program structure and syllabus pdf/b-tech/eee.pdf · 1. award of b. tech....

AR 17 Electrical And Electronics Engineering

Aditya Engineering College (A) 1

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS,

PROGRAM STRUCTURE

AND SYLLABUS

For

B. Tech FOUR YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM

(Applicable for the batches admitted from 2017-18)

(I to VIII Semesters)

ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE An Autonomous Institution

Approved by AICTE, Affiliated to JNTUK & Accredited by NBA, NAAC with 'A' Grade

Recognized by UGC under the sections 2(f) and 12(B) of UGC act 1956

Aditya Nagar, ADB Road, SURAMPALEM - 533 437

ELECTRICAL AND

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING



ABOUT ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AEC) was established in 2001 at

Surampalem, Kakinada, Andhra Pradesh in 125 Acres of pollution free and lush green

landscaped surroundings by the visionaries of Aditya Academy who are in the

glorious service field of education since last 33 years.

AEC believe in the holistic development of society at large and are

researching its efforts in multi-disciplinary activities. We shoulder the responsibility

of shaping the Intellect, Character and Physique of every student, because we believe

that these students would be the architects to develop a humanized and harmonious

society, and the nation as a whole.

Our vision is to impart education, in a conductive ambience, as comprehensive

as possible, with the support of all the modern technologies and produce graduates

and post graduates in engineering with the ability and passion to work wisely,

creatively, and effectively for the betterment of our society. It is our endeavor to

develop a system of Education which can harness students’ capabilities and the

muscles of the mind thoroughly trained to enable it to manifest the great feats of

intellectualism which it is capable of.

SALIENT FEATURES:

An Autonomous Institution.

Accredited by NAAC with “A” Grade in 2015 and NBA in 2008.

Recognized by UGC under sections 2(f) & 12(B).

Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada.

Recognized by Scientific and Industrial Research Organizations (SIROs) of

Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Ministry of Science and

Technology, Govt. of India.

Rated as “GOLD” Category institute by AICTE-CII Survey of Industry –

Linked Technical Institutes 2016.

Bagged Grade “A” (top grade) by the Govt. of A.P.



Dept. of Science and Technology under Technology Development Board has

sanctioned Incubation Centre and only one College in the state received this

financial Assistance.

Best Rankings & Ratings given to Aditya by reputed Magazines & journals in

their surveys :

Grade AAA by careers 360.

One of the best 20 Engineering colleges in India by The Sunday

Indian.

South India IV rank by Digital Mailers.

South India VI rank by Silicon India.

India 13th Rank out of top 25th Engineering Colleges by 4Ps.

Asia’s Top 100 colleges by WCRC Leaders.

Higher Education Review 35th Rank in India.

South India’s 68th Rank, India’s 99th Rank by the Week magazine.

8th Rank in providing high quality infrastructure out of 10 engineering

Colleges in India by The Week magazine and more …….

The college has students from 17 states across India & 13 foreign countries.

150+ foreign students.

Honored with Best Placement Award by Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh.

Only one college in AP received Best Performance Award from Tech

Mahindra for its outstanding achievement in campus placements.

Remarkable achievement of campus placements in CMM Level 5 Companies

Students received Gold Medals at University level.

Offering most job potential engineering courses of Petroleum Engineering,

Mining Engineering, and Agricultural Engineering in addition to the regular

courses of Mechanical, Civil, and EEE, ECE, CSE and IT at UG, PG and

Diploma Levels.

Skill Development Centre with the collaboration of Govt. of A.P. (APSSDC)

Siemens Centre of Excellence Campus.

PMKVY Skill Development Centre Campus.

South India’s first Microsoft Ed-vantage Platinum Campus.

Campus of Microsoft innovation centre.

Adobe’s Centre of Excellence Campus.

Campus of CISCO Networking Academy.

MOU with 4 Foreign Universities.

MOU with Educational Consultants India Ltd., (EdCil).

On campus Nationalized Bank with 8 ATMs facility.



On campus hostels with world class infrastructure facilities & 50+ resident

staff.

Own transportation facility to pickup and drop the students and staff covering

all the villages in the District with more than 60 buses.



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17) Applicable for the students admitted from the academic year 2017-18 onwards

1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE

A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if he fulfills

the following academic regulations.

1.1 If he pursued a Programme of study in not less than four and not more than

eight academic years.

1.2 The student shall register for 180 credits and secure all the 180 credits.

2. PROGRAMMES OF STUDY

The following programmes of study are offered at present as specializations for

the B. Tech. programme with English as medium of Instruction.

S. No Branch Programme code

01 Civil Engineering 01

02 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 02

03 Mechanical Engineering 03

04 Electronics and Communication Engineering 04

05 Computer Science and Engineering 05

06 Information Technology 12

07 Mining Engineering 26

08 Petroleum Technology 27

09 Agricultural Engineering 35

3. DISTRIBUTION AND WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS

3.1 The performance of a student in each semester shall be evaluated course -

wise with a maximum of 100 marks for both Theory and Practical

courses. The Industry-Oriented (Internship) Minor Project shall be

evaluated for 50 marks, Major Project work for 200 marks, Audit courses

for 50 marks and Employability Skills course for 50 marks.

3.2 For theory courses, the distribution shall be 40 marks for Sessional

evaluation and 60 marks for the End - Examinations. There shall be 2

Sessional examinations during the semester. The Sessional marks shall be

awarded by giving a weightage of 80% for best of the two Sessional

examinations and 20% for the other Sessional examination. The I

Sessional examination (Descriptive, Objective and Assignment) is

conducted for first 2 ½ units of syllabus and II Sessional examination for

the remaining 2 ½ units for each course in a semester. The weightage of

Sessional marks for 40 consists of Descriptive - 24, Objective -10



(Conducted at College level with 20 Multiple choice questions with a

weightage of ½ mark each) and Assignment - 06 (Theory, Design,

Analysis, Simulation, Algorithms, Drawing, Quiz, Term paper, Tutorial,

Surprise test, Seminar, Case study, Lab activity, Minor Project, etc. as the

case may be and for Physics-Virtual lab, for Mathematics - MATLAB).

For Assignment, the nature of test will be intimated by the concerned

faculty member at the beginning of the semester. The descriptive

examination is conducted for 90 minutes and the objective examination is

for 20 minutes. Each descriptive examination question paper shall contain

3 questions of equal marks and all questions need to be answered. The

Objective examination is conducted for 10 marks and descriptive

examination is conducted for 24 marks are to be added to the assignment

of 06 marks for finalizing Sessional marks of 40. The End examination is

conducted for 60 marks in duration of 180 minutes, which contains ten

questions, two questions are from each unit and each question may have

sub questions. The student has to write one question from each unit, each

question carries 12 marks.

3.3 For practical courses, there shall be continuous evaluation during the

semester for 40 Sessional marks and 60 End examination marks. The

Sessional 40 marks shall be awarded as, day-to-day work-15 marks,

observation and Record-10 marks and laboratory Exam -15 marks. The

End examination shall be conducted by the concerned teacher and

external examiner appointed by the Principal.

3.4 For design and / or drawing, (such as Engineering Drawing, Machine

Drawing) and estimation courses, the distribution shall be 40 marks for

Sessional evaluation (20 marks for day - to - day work, and 20 marks for

Sessional examination) and 60 marks for End examination. There shall be

two Sessional examinations in a Semester. The Sessional marks shall be

awarded by giving a weightage of 80% for the best of two Sessional

examinations and 20% for the other Sessional examination.

3.5 For audit courses, during a semester there shall be one examination for 50

marks for a duration of 180 minutes in which a student should get

minimum 40% of the marks for satisfactory, otherwise the student is

considered as not satisfactory. The examination is conducted by covering



the topics of all units, which contains five 10 marks questions with

internal choice from each unit and each question may have sub questions.

If a student failed to get satisfactory marks or is absent for examination,

he has to write the exam in that course when conducted next.

3.6 For Employability Skills (which includes Aptitude and Soft Skills) as an

audit course, during a semester there shall be an evaluation for 50 marks.

For Aptitude, an examination is conducted for 50 minutes with 50

questions carrying 25 marks (multiple choice questions weightage of ½

mark each). For Soft Skills, an activity based examination is conducted

for 25 marks. The marks obtained for Employability Skills is the sum of

marks obtained in Aptitude and Soft Skills together for 50. The student

should get minimum 40% of the marks for satisfactory; otherwise the

student is considered as not satisfactory. If a student failed to get

satisfactory marks or is absent for examination, he has to write the exam

in that course when conducted next.

3.7 For Employability Skills (which includes Aptitude and Soft Skills) as a

credit course, the exam is conducted for 50 marks in which 20 marks are

conducted for Sessional examination and 30 marks for Semester End

Examination. There shall be two sessional examinations during the

semester. For Aptitude, Sessional examination is conducted for 20

minutes with 20 questions (multiple choice questions weightage of ½

mark each) carrying 10 marks and for Soft Skills, Sessional examination

is conducted as activity based for 10 marks. The Sessional Marks for

Employability Skills is the sum of marks obtained in Aptitude and Soft

Skills together for 20. The final Sessional marks shall be awarded by

giving 80% weightage for the best of two Sessional examinations and

20% weightage for other Sessional examination. The Semester End

Examination for Aptitude, is conducted for 30 minutes with 30 questions

(multiple choice questions weightage of ½ mark each) carrying 15 marks

and for Soft Skills, it is conducted as activity based for 15 marks.

3.8 For Industry-Oriented (Internship) Minor Project, the students have to do

a project in collaboration with an industry of their specialization, during

the vacation after VI Semester End examination. However, the minor

project and its report shall be evaluated in VII Semester. The Minor



Project shall be submitted in report form and should be presented before

the committee, which shall be evaluated for Sessional marks of 50. The

committee consists of Head of the Department, Supervisor of the minor

project and a senior faculty member of the department. There shall be no

external evaluation.

3.9 For Major Project, 200 marks are awarded out of which 80 marks shall be

for Sessional Evaluation and 120 marks for the End Examination. The

Sessional Evaluation shall be on the basis of two seminars given by each

student on the topic of his major project and evaluated by an internal

committee that consists of Head of the Department, Supervisor of the

major project and one senior faculty of the department. The End

Examination (Viva-Voce) shall be conducted by the committee that

consists of an External Examiner (appointed by Principal from the panel

of three members given by HOD), Head of the Department and

Supervisor of the major project.

4. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS

4.1 A student shall be eligible to write the End examinations if he acquires a

minimum of 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the courses.

4.2 Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and

above and below 75%) on a medical grounds in a semester may be

granted by the College Academic Committee and a student can be

condoned for a maximum of three times only.

4.3 Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall not be condoned.

4.4 Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester

are not eligible to write their End examinations of that semester.

4.5 A fee of Rs. 500/- shall be payable towards condonation for shortage of

attendance.

4.6 A student will be promoted to the next semester if he satisfies the

attendance requirement of the present semester.

4.7 If any student fulfills the attendance requirement in the present semester,

he shall not be eligible for re-admission into the same semester.

4.8 A student who is shortage of attendance in a semester may seek re-

admission into that semester when offered within 2 weeks from the date



of the commencement of class work.

5. MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS

The following academic requirements have to be satisfied in addition to the

attendance requirements mentioned in item no.4.

5.1 A student is deemed to have passed a course and earns the credits allotted

to that course by securing not less than 35% of marks in the End

examination, and minimum 40% of marks of the total marks (sum of

Sessional marks and End examination marks).

5.2 A student will be promoted from IV semester to V semester, if he fulfills

the academic requirement of 50% of the credits up to IV semester from

all the examinations, whether or not the student takes the examinations.

5.3 A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if he

fulfills the academic requirements of 50% of the credits up to VI semester

from all the examinations, whether or not the students takes the

examinations.

5.4 All the credit courses shall be considered for calculation of SGPA and

CGPA.

6. PROGRAMME PATTERN

6.1 The entire programme of study is for four academic years and all the

years are in semester pattern.

6.2 A student is eligible to appear for the End examination in a course, but

absent from it or has failed in the End examination, may write the exam

in that course when conducted next.

6.3 When a student is detained for lack of credits / shortage of attendance, he

may be re-admitted into the same semester in which he has been detained.

However, the academic regulations under which he was first admitted

shall continue to be applicable to him.

7. AWARD OF DEGREE AND CLASS

After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of the

program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he shall be placed in one

of the following four classes:



Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

From the

CGPA Secured

from 180

Credits

First Class with

Distinction ≥7.75with no course failures

First Class ≥6.75 with course failures

Second Class ≥5.75 to <6.75

Pass Class ≥4.75 to <5.75

7.1 Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)

The following procedure is to be adopted to compute the Semester Grade

Point Average (SGPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA):

Range of Marks (%) Letter Grade Level Grade Point

≥ 90 O Outstanding 10

≥ 80 to <90 A+ Excellent 9

≥ 70 to <80 A Very Good 8

≥ 60 to <70 B+ Good 7

≥ 50 to <60 B Fair 6

≥ 40 to <50 P Satisfactory 5

<40 F Fail 0

- Absent 0

COMPUTATION OF SGPA

The SGPA is the ratio of sum of the product of the number of credits

with the grade points scored by a student in all the courses taken by a

student and the sum of the number of credits of all the courses undergone

by a student, i.e

)(

).()(

i

ii

iC

GCSSGPA

Where Ci is the number of credits of the ith course and Gi is the grade

point scored by the student in the ith course.

COMPUTATION OF CGPA

i. The CGPA is also calculated in the same manner taking into account

all the courses undergone by a student over all the semesters of the

programme, i.e.

)(

).(

i

ii

C

SCCGPA



Where Si is the SGPA of the ith semester and Ci is the total number of credits

in that semester.

ii. The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and reported

in the transcripts.

iii. Equivalent Percentage = (CGPA - 0.75) x 10

8. MINIMUM INSTRUCTION DAYS

The minimum instruction days for each semester shall be 90 working days.

9. TRANSFER

9.1 Aditya Engineering College (AEC) proposes to practice JNTUK / State

government guidelines for transfer.

9.2 There shall be no branch transfers after the completion of the admission

process.

10. WITHHOLDING OF RESULTS

If the student not paid any dues to the college or involved in indiscipline activities,

his result will be withheld.

11. TRANSITORY REGULATIONS

11.1 Discontinued or detained students are eligible for readmission as and when

next offered.

11.2 The readmitted students will be governed by the regulations under which

the student has been admitted.

11.3 a) In case of transferred students from other Universities / colleges, the

credits shall be transferred to AEC as per the academic regulations and

course structure of the AEC.

b) The students seeking transfer to AEC from various other

universities/institutions have to obtain the credits of any equivalent courses

as prescribed by college. In addition the transferred students have to pass

the failed courses at the earlier institute.

12. GENERAL

12.1 Wherever the words "he", "him", "his", occur in the regulations, they

include "she", "her", "hers".

12.2 The academic regulations should be read as a whole for the purpose of any

interpretation.

12.3 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules,

the decision of the Academic Council is final.



12.4 The college may change or amend the academic regulations or syllabi at

any time and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the

students with effect from the dates notified by the college.

***



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17) LATERAL ENTRY Applicable for the students admitted into III semester from the Academic Year 2018-19 onwards

1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE

A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if he

fulfills the following academic regulations:

1.1 If he pursues a course of study in not less than three academic years and

not more than six academic years.

1.2 The student shall register for 133 credits and secure all the 133 credits.

All the credit courses shall be considered for calculation of SGPA and

CGPA.

2. PROMOTION RULE

2.1 A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if he

fulfills the academic requirements of 50% of the credits up to VI

semester from all the examinations, whether or not the student takes the

examinations.

3. AWARD OF CLASS

After a student has satisfied the requirement prescribed for the completion of

the program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he shall be placed

in one of the following four classes:

4. All the other regulations applicable to B. Tech Programme remain the

same for B. Tech Lateral Entry also.

***

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

From the CGPA

Secured from 133

Credits

First Class with

Distinction ≥7.75 with no course failures

First Class ≥6.75 with course failures

Second Class ≥5.75 to <6.75

Pass Class ≥4.75 to <5.75

Aditya Engineering College (A)

MALPRACTICES RULES

Disciplinary Action for /Improper Conduct in Examinations

The Chief controller of examinations shall refer the cases of malpractices in Sessional and

End Examination to an Enquiry Committee constituted by him / her. The Committee will

submit a report on the malpractice allegedly committed by the student to the Chief

Controller of Examinations. The Chief Controller of Examinations along with the

members of the Committee is authorized to impose a suitable punishment, if the student is

found guilty as per the following guidelines.

Nature of Malpractices /

Improper conduct

Punishment

If the candidate

1(a) Possesses or keeps accessible in

examination hall, any paper, note

book, programmable calculators,

Cell phones, pager, palm

computers or any other form of

material concerned with or related

to the course of the examination

(theory or practical) in which he is

appearing but has not made use of

(material shall include any marks

on the body of the candidate

which can be used as an aid in the

course of the examination)

Expulsion from the examination hall and

cancellation of the performance in that

course only.

(b) Gives assistance or guidance or

receives it from any other

candidate orally or by any other

body language methods or

communicates through cell phones

with any candidate or persons in

or outside the examination hall in

respect of any matter.



course only of all the candidates

involved. In case of an outsider, he will

be handed over to the police and a case is

registered against him.

2 Has copied in the examination hall

from any paper, book,

programmable calculators, palm

computers or any other form of

material relevant to the course of

the examination (theory or

practical) in which the candidate is

appearing.



course and all other courses the

candidate has already appeared including

practical examinations and project work

and shall not be permitted to appear for

the remaining examinations of the

courses of that Semester.

3 Comes in a drunken condition to

the examination hall.








courses of that Semester



4 Smuggles in the Answer book or

additional sheet or takes out or

arranges to send out the question

paper during the examination or

answer book or additional sheet,

during or after the examination.






and shall not be permitted for the

remaining examinations of the courses of

that Semester. The candidate is also

debarred for two consecutive semesters

from class work and all End

examinations. The continuation of the

course by the candidate is course to the

academic regulations in connection with

forfeiture of seat.

5 Leaves the exam hall taking away

answer script or intentionally tears

of the script or any part thereof

inside or outside the examination

hall.









debarred for two consecutive semesters

from class work and all End

examinations. The continuation of the

course by the candidate is subject to the

academic regulations in connection with

forfeiture of seat.

6 Possess any lethal weapon or

firearm in the examination hall.









debarred and forfeits of seat.

7 Impersonates any other candidate

in connection with the

examination.

The candidate who has impersonated

shall be expelled from examination hall.

The candidate is also debarred and

forfeits the seat. The performance of the

original candidate, who has been

impersonated, shall be cancelled in all

the courses of the examination (including

practical and project work) already

appeared and shall not be allowed to

appear for examinations of the remaining

courses of that semester/year. The

candidate is also debarred for two

consecutive semesters from class work



and all University examinations. The

continuation of the course by the

candidate is subject to the academic

regulations in connection with forfeiture

of seat. If the impostor is an outsider, he

will be handed over to the police and a

case is registered against him.

8 Refuses to obey the orders of the

Chief controller of examinations /

Observer / any officer on duty or

misbehaves or creates disturbance

of any kind in and around the

examination hall or organizes a

walk out or instigates others to

walk out, or threatens the officer-

in-charge or any person on duty in

or outside the examination hall of

any injury to his person or to any

of his relations whether by words,

either spoken or written or by

signs or by visible representation,

assaults the officer-in charge, or

any person on duty in or outside

the examination hall or any of his

relations,

or indulges in any other act of

misconduct or mischief which

result in damage to or destruction

or property in the examination hall

or any part of the College campus

or engages in any other act which

in the opinion of the officer on

duty amounts to use of unfair

means or misconduct or has the

tendency to disrupt the orderly

conduct of the examination.

In case of students of the college, they

shall be expelled from examination halls

and cancellation of their performance in

that course and all other courses the

candidate(s) has (have) already appeared



courses of that semester. The candidates

also are debarred and forfeit their seats.

In case of outsiders, they will be handed

over to the police and a police case is

registered against them.

9 If student of the college, who is

not a candidate for the particular

examination or any person not

connected with the college

indulges in any malpractice or

improper conduct mentioned in

clause 6 to 8.

Student of the colleges expulsion from

the examination hall and cancellation of

the performance in that course and all

other courses the candidate has already

appeared including practical

examinations and project work and shall

not be permitted for the remaining

examinations of the courses of that

semester/year. The candidate is also

debarred and forfeits the seat.

10 Uses objectionable, abusive or

offensive language in the answer

paper or in letters to the examiners

or writes to the examiner

Cancellation of the performance in that

course.



requesting him to award pass

marks.

11 Copying detected on the basis of

internal evidence, such as, during

valuation or during special

scrutiny.

Cancellation of the performance in that


candidate has appeared including


of that End examination.

12 If any malpractice is detected

which is not covered in the above

clauses 1 to 11 shall be reported to

the Chief controller of

examinations for further action to

award suitable punishment.



Ragging Prohibition of ragging in

educational institutions Act 26 of 1997 Salient Features

Ragging within or outside any educational institution is prohibited.

Ragging means doing an act which causes or is likely to cause Insult or Annoyance of

Fear or Apprehension or Threat or Intimidation or outrage of modesty or Injury to a

student

Imprisonment Upto Fine Upto

+ +

+

+

+

6 months

Teasing,

Embarrassing and

Humiliation

Rs. 1,000/-

Assaulting or Using

Criminal force or

Criminal intimidation Rs. 2,000/-

1 Year

Wrongfully restraining

or confining or causing

hurt

Rs. 5,000/- 2 Years

Causing grievous hurt,

kidnapping or Abducts

or rape or committing

unnatural offence

Rs. 10,000/- 5 Years

Causing death or

abetting suicide Rs. 50,000/- 10 Years

In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288

LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS



Ragging ABSOLUTELY

NO TO RAGGING

1. Ragging is prohibited as per Act 26 of A.P.

Legislative Assembly, 1997.

2. Ragging entails heavy fines and/or imprisonment.

3. Ragging invokes suspension and dismissal from the

College.

4. Outsiders are prohibited from entering the College

and Hostel without permission.

5. Girl students must be in their hostel rooms by 7.00

p.m.

6. All the students must carry their Identity Cards and

show them when demanded

7. The Principal and the Wardens may visit the Hostels

and inspect the rooms any time.

In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288

LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS



VISION & MISSION OF THE COLLEGE

VISION

To induce higher planes of learning by imparting technical education with International

standards, Applied research, Creative ability and Value based instruction to emerge as a

premier institute.

MISSION

Achieving academic excellence by providing globally acceptable technical education by

forecasting technology through

- Innovative research & development.

- Industry institute interaction.

- Empowered manpower.

VISION & MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

VISION

To excel in education, research and technological services in Electrical and Electronics

engineering in tune with societal needs.

MISSION

M1: By imparting quality education to produce globally competent electrical

and electronics engineers capable of extending technological services.

M2: By engaging cutting edge at research & development in sustainable

technologies, by collaborating with industries.

M3: By nurturing scientific temperament, professional ethics among the

students.

****



PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

Graduates of the Program will

PEO 1 Specialize in specific areas of interest and work successfully in their chosen

career.

PEO 2 Design and develop innovative products and services in the field of

electrical and electronics engineering.

PEO 3 Work effectively as individuals and as team members in multidisciplinary

projects.

PEO 4 Engage in lifelong learning, career enhancement and adopt to changing

professional and societal needs.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

After successful completion of the program, the graduate will be able to

PO 1 Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an

engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

PO 2

Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex engineering

problems, reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of

mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences.

PO 3

Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design systems,

components or processes that meet specified needs with appropriate

consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and

environmental considerations.

PO 4

Conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based

knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis

and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide valid

conclusions.

PO 5

Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to complex

engineering activities, with an understanding of the limitations.

PO 6

Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal,

health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to professional engineering practice.

PO 7

Understand the impact of professional engineering solutions in societal and

environmental contexts and demonstrate knowledge of, and need for

sustainable development.

PO 8 Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and

responsibilities and norms of engineering practice.

PO 9 Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse

teams and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO 10

Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as being able to

comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make

effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.



PO 11

Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management

principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a

team and to manage projects in multidisciplinary environments.

PO 12

Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in

independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological

change.

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

After successful completion of the program, the graduate will be able to

PSO 1 Design and develop controllers for electrical and electronic systems to

improve their transient and steady state.

PSO 2 Specify, design and analyze systems that efficiently generate, transmit and

distribute electrical power, by considering environmental aspects.

PSO 3 Apply appropriate simulation tools like MATLAB and P-Spice for modeling

and evaluation of electrical systems.

Mission of the department – PEOs mapping

PEOs Statements M1 M2 M3

PEO 1: Specialize in specific areas of interest and work

successfully in their chosen career. 3 2 2

PEO 2: Design and develop innovative products and services in

the field of electrical and electronics engineering. 3 1 3

PEO 3: Work effectively as individuals and as team members in

multidisciplinary projects. 2 1 2

PEO 4: Engage in lifelong learning, career enhancement and

adopt to changing professional and societal needs. 2 3 2

Note:

Bloom’s Taxonomy

Knowledge Level

Knowledge Level

Representation

Remember K1

Understand K2

Apply K3

Analyse K4

Evaluate K5

Create K6

Mapping / Correlation levels

1: Slight (Low)

2 : Moderate (Medium)

3 : Substantial (High)



PROGRAM STRUCTURE I SEMESTER

Course

Code Name of the Course Category

Total Number of contact hours Credits

(C) Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practice

(P)

Total

Hours

171HS1T01 English - I HSS 3 1 --- 4 3

171BS1T01 Mathematics - I BS 3 1 2 6 3

171HS1T02 Environmental Studies HSS 2 1 --- 3 2

171BS1T05 Applied Chemistry BS 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES1T02 Engineering Mechanics ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES1T01 Computer Programming ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171HS1L01 English Communication Skills

Lab - I HSS --- --- 3 3 2

171BS1L03 Applied Chemistry Lab BS --- --- 3 3 2

171ES1L01 Computer Programming Lab ES --- --- 3 3 2

TOTAL 17 6 11 34 23

II SEMESTER

Course



(C) Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practice

(P)

Total

Hours

171HS2T03 English - II HSS 3 1 --- 4 3

171BS2T02 Mathematics - II BS 3 1 --- 4 3

171BS2T06 Mathematics - III BS 3 1 2 6 3

171BS2T04 Applied Physics BS 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES2T03 Engineering Drawing ES 3 0 3 6 3

171EE2T01 Electrical Circuit Analysis - I PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171HS2L02 English Communication Skills

Lab - II HSS --- --- 3 3 2

171BS2L04 Applied Physics Lab BS --- --- 3 3 2

171ES2L02 Engineering Workshop and IT

Workshop ES --- --- 3 3 2

TOTAL 18 5 14 37 24

BS: Basic Sciences; HSS: Humanities and Social Sciences; ES: Engineering Sciences; PC: Professional Core;

PE: Professional Elective; OE: Open Elective; SS: Self Study Course; PR: Project.



III SEMESTER

Course



(C) Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practice

(P)

Total

Hours

171EE3T02 Electrical Circuit Analysis - II PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE3T03 Electrical Machines – I PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE3T04 Basic Electronics Devices and

Circuits PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE3T05 Electromagnetic Fields PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES3T10 Thermal and Hydro Prime Movers ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171HS3T04 Managerial Economics and

Financial Analysis HSS 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES3L04 Thermal and Hydro Prime Movers

Lab ES --- --- 3 3 2

171EE3L01 Electrical Circuits Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171HS3A09 Professional Ethics and Human

Values HSS 2 --- --- 2 ---

171HS3A10 Employability Skills - I HSS --- --- 2 2 ---

TOTAL 20 6 8 34 22

IV SEMESTER

Course



(C) Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practice

(P)

Total

Hours

171EE4T06 Electrical Measurements PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE4T07 Electrical Machines - II PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES4T24 Digital Circuits and Logic Design ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE4T08 Control Systems PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE4T09 Power Systems – I PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171HS4T05 Management Science HSS 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE4L02 Electronic Devices and Circuits

Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171EE4L03 Electrical Machines - I Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171HS4A11 Employability Skills - II HSS --- --- 2 2 ---

TOTAL 18 6 8 32 22



V SEMESTER

Course



(C) Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practice

(P)

Total

Hours

171EE5T10 Power Systems – II PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE5T11 Power Electronics PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE5T12 Pulse and Digital Circuits PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE5T13 Signals and Systems PC 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Professional Elective - I PE 3 1 --- 4 3

171HS5T08 Intellectual Property Rights and

Patents HSS 2 --- --- 2 1

171HS5T06 Employability Skills - III HSS 2 --- --- 2 1

171EE5L04 Electrical Measurements Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171EE5L05 Electrical Machines - II Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171EE5L06 Control Systems Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171EE5S01 MOOCs - I SS --- --- --- --- ---

TOTAL 19 5 9 33 23

VI SEMESTER

Course



(C) Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practice

(P)

Total

Hours

171EE6T14 Power Electronic Controllers and

Drives PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE6T15 Power System Analysis PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE6T16 Micro Processor and Micro

Controllers PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE6T17 Data Structures PC 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Professional Elective - II PE 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Professional Elective - III PE 3 1 --- 4 3

171HS6T07 Employability Skills - IV HSS 2 --- --- 2 1

171EE6L07 Data Structures Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171EE6L08 Power Electronics Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171EE6S02 MOOCs - II SS --- --- --- --- ---

TOTAL 20 6 6 32 23

MOOCs – Massive Open Online Courses



VII SEMESTER

Course



(C) Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practice

(P)

Total

Hours

171EE7T18 Utilization of Electrical Energy PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE7T19 Linear and Digital IC Applications PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE7T20 Power System Operation and

Control PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE7T21 Switch Gear and Protection PC 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Professional Elective - IV PE 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Professional Elective - V PE 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE7L09 Power Systems Simulation Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171EE7L10 Micro Processor and Micro

Controllers Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171EE7P01 Industry Oriented (Internship)

Minor Project PR --- --- --- --- 1

TOTAL 18 6 6 30 23

VIII SEMESTER

Course



(C) Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practice

(P)

Total

Hours

--- Professional Elective - VI PE 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Open Elective OE 3 1 --- 4 3

171EE8P02 Major Project PR --- --- --- --- 14

TOTAL 6 2 ---- 8 20



Professional Elective - I (V Semester)

S.No Course

Code Name of the Course

1 171EE5E01 Renewable Energy Sources

2 171EE5E02 Modeling and Analysis of

Electrical Machines

3 171EE5E03 Electrical Safety

Professional Elective – II (VI Semester)

S.No Course


1 171EE6E04 Computer Architecture

2 171EE6E05 Electrical Distribution Systems

3 171EE6E06 Distributed Generation and

Microgrid

Professional Elective – III (VI Semester)

S.No Course


1 171EE6E07 Advanced Control Systems

2 171EE6E08 PLC and Applications

3 171EE6E09 Instrumentation

4 171EE6E10 OOPs through JAVA

Professional Elective – IV (VII Semester)

S.No Course


1 171EE7E11 Optimization Techniques

2 171EE7E12 Digital Signal Processing

3 171EE7E13 Special Electrical Machines

Professional Elective – V (VII Semester)

S.No Course


1 171EE7E14 High Voltage Engineering

2 171EE7E15 Electric Power Quality

3 171EE7E16 EHVAC Transmission

Professional Elective – VI (VIII Semester)

S.No Course


1 171EE8E17 HVDC Transmission

2 171EE8E18 Flexible AC Transmission

Systems

3 171EE8E19 Power System Reforms

4 171EE8E20 Digital Control Systems

Open Elective (VIII Semester)

S.No CourseCode Name of the Course

1 171EE8O01 Energy Audit, Conservation and Management

2 171EE8O02 VLSI Design

3 171EE8O03 Unix and Shell Programming

4 171EE8O04 Neural Networks And Fuzzy Logic

5 171EE8O05 Robotics

6 171EE8O06 Vehicular Electric Power Systems

7 171EE8O07 Internet of Things

8 171EE8O08 Cyber Security



Program curriculum grouping based on course components

Course

Component

Curriculum content

(% of total number

of credits of the

program)

Total number

of contact

hours

Total number of

credits

Basic Sciences 10.55 30 19

Engineering

Sciences 11.66 31 21

Humanities and

social sciences 11.66 37 21

Program core 46.11 115 83

Program Elective 10 24 18

Open Elective 1.6 4 3

Project 7.7 - 14

Internship/Seminar 0.5 - 1

Any other

(Please Specify) - - -

Total 100 241 180



Rules for opting MOOCs

Students should register for a course with prior permission from MOOCS-

Coordinator of the department. User ID should be submitted to the MOOCS –

Coordinator after the registration. It is through this User ID only; the student has to

write the proctored examination.

Students should register only for Technical Subjects. However, they can register

for Interdisciplinary subjects also.

Students have to register for a technical course which is not yet studied or will not

be studied in the upcoming semesters.

Students should register for a course with duration of ≥ 4 weeks or ≥ 20hrs.

Students MOOCS Certificate is considered only if the students write the

examination under a proctored system. If the student registers a course where

he/she has to write an unproctored online examination, he/she should bring it to the

notice of the HOD for conducting the exam in the college. These exams will be

usually planned on Saturdays.

For MOOCS -1, the course completion certificate should be submitted to the

MOOCS- Coordinator before the completion of V Semester end examinations.

For MOOCS -2, the course completion certificate should be submitted to the

MOOCS- Coordinator before the completion of VI Semester end examinations.



ENGLISH – I

(Common to all branches)

I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171HS1T01 3 1 0 3

Introduction:

In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and

the consequent emphasis on training the students to acquire communicative competence,

the syllabus has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative competence of

the students of Engineering.

As far as the detailed textbooks are concerned, the focus should be on the skills of

listening, speaking, reading and writing. The non-detailed textbooks are meant for

extensive reading for pleasure and profit. Thus the stress in the syllabus is primarily on the development of communicative skills

and fostering of ideas. Course Objectives:

COB 1: To improve the language proficiency of the students in English with

emphasis on LSRW skills.

COB 2: To enable the students to study and comprehend the prescribed lessons

and subjects more effectively relating to their theoretical and practical

components.

COB 3: To develop the communication skills of the students in both formal and

informal situations.

COB 4: To appraise the learner how Gandhi spent a period of three years in

London as a student.

COB 5: To make the learners rediscover India as a land of knowledge.

COB 6: To discuss how scientific point of view seeks to arrive at the truth without

being biased by emotion.

COB 7: To inform the learner that all men are in peril.

COB 8: To inspire the learners by inventions and contributions of great achievers.

LISTENING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1. To enable the students to appreciate the role of listening skill and improve their

pronunciation.

2. To enable the students to comprehend the speech of people belonging to different

backgrounds and regions.

3. To enable the students to listen for general content, to fill up information and for

specific information.



SPEAKING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1. To make the students aware of the importance of speaking for their personal and

professional communication.

2. To enable the students to express themselves fluently and accurately in social and

professional success.

3. To help the students describe objects, situations and people.

4. To make the students participate in group activities like role-plays, discussions and

debates.

5. To make the students participate in just a minute talks.

READING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1. To enable the students to comprehend a text through silent reading.

2. To enable the students to guess the meanings of words, messages and inferences of

texts in given contexts.

3. To enable the students to skim and scan a text.

4. To enable the students to identify the topic sentence.

5. To enable the students to identify discourse features.

6. To enable the students to make intensive and extensive reading.

WRITING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1. To make the students understand that writing is an exact formal skills.

2. To enable the students to write sentences, paragraphs, e-mails and essays.

3. To make the students identify and use appropriate vocabulary.

4. To enable the students to narrate and describe.

5. To enable the students to write coherently and cohesively.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO 1: Summarize how Gandhi grew in introspection.

CO 2: Explain the conditions to achieve a higher quality of life, strength and

sovereignty of a developed nation.

CO 3: Identify the scientific attitude to solve many problems which we find

difficult to tackle.

CO 4: Identify that all men can come together and avert the peril.

CO 5: Interpret humorous texts and use of words for irony.

CO 6: Explain the characteristic traits of renowned scientists who contributed

enormously to the scientific advancement of India.

CO 7: Demonstrate writing and basic concepts of grammar skills.



Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -

CO4 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -

CO5 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO6 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO7 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes

CO / PSO PSO 1 (K5) PSO 2 (K5) PSO 3 (K3)

CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K3) - 1 -

CO4 (K3) - 1 -

CO5 (K2) - - -

CO6 (K2) - - -

CO7 (K2) - - -

Methodology:

1. The class is to be learner-centred where the learners are to read the texts to get a

comprehensive idea of those texts on their own with the help of the peer group and

the teacher.

2. Integrated skill development methodology has to be adopted with focus on

individual language skills as per the tasks/exercise.

3. The tasks/exercises at the end of each unit should be completed by the learners

only and the teacher intervention is permitted as per the complexity of the

task/exercise.

4. The teacher is expected to use supplementary material wherever necessary and also

generate activities/tasks as per the requirement.

5. The teacher is permitted to use lecture method when a completely new concept is

introduced in the class.

Recommended Topics:

UNIT-I:

1. IN LONDON: M.K.GANDHI (Detailed)

2. G.D. NAIDU (Non-Detail)

UNIT-II:

1. THE KNOWLEDGE SOCIETY- APJ ABDUL KALAM (Detailed)

2. G.R. GOPINATH (Non-Detail)

UNIT-III:

1. THE SCIENTIFIC POINT OF VIEW- J.B.S. HALDANE (Detailed)

2. J.C. BOSE (Non-Detail)



UNIT-IV:

1. MAN’S PERIL-BERTRAND RUSSELL (Detailed)

2. HOMI JEHANGIR BHABHA (Non-Detail)

UNIT-V:

1. LUCK—MARK TWAIN (Detailed)

2. A SHADOW (Non-Detail)

Textbooks:

Detailed Text Book: ‘English Essentials’ by Ravindra Publications.

Non Detailed Text Book: ‘Modern Trail Blazers’ by Orient Black Swan Pvt. Ltd.

Publishers.

Web Links:

1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gopalswamy_Doraiswamy_Naidu 2. https://englishforundergraduates.wordpress.com/2016/09/25/the-knowledge-society-from-

ignited-minds-a-p-j-abdul-kalam/ 3. http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2014/01/the-scientific-point-of-view-j-b-s.html 4. https://www.famousscientists.org/jagadish-chandra-bose/ 5. https://www.thebetterindia.com/37339/homi-jehangir-bhabha/

****

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gopalswamy_Doraiswamy_Naidu

https://englishforundergraduates.wordpress.com/2016/09/25/the-knowledge-society-from-ignited-minds-a-p-j-abdul-kalam/

https://englishforundergraduates.wordpress.com/2016/09/25/the-knowledge-society-from-ignited-minds-a-p-j-abdul-kalam/

http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2014/01/the-scientific-point-of-view-j-b-s.html

https://www.famousscientists.org/jagadish-chandra-bose/

https://www.thebetterindia.com/37339/homi-jehangir-bhabha/



MATHEMATICS-I


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To equip the students with the necessary mathematical skills and

techniques that are essential for an engineering course.

COB 2: To help the students acquire a necessary base to develop analytical and

design skills.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Associate linear differential equations of first order to various physical

problems involving differential equations of first order

CO 2: Solve linear differential equations of higher order.

CO 3: Solve linear systems of equations using the concept of rank, Gauss

elimination, Gauss seidal method.

CO 4: Find the eigen values and eigen vectors.

CO 5: Associate the concepts of Partial Differentiation to maxima and minima of

functions of several variables and to Partial differential equations.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2) - - 2

CO2 (K3) 1 1 -

CO3 (K3) 1 1 3

CO4 (K2) - - 2

CO5 (K2) - - 2

UNIT I:

Differential equations of first order and first degree:

Linear differential equations - Bernoulli differential equation - Exact differential

equations-Equations reducible to exact (Type-1, Type-2, Type-3, Type-4)

Applications:

Newton’s Law of cooling-Law of natural growth and decay-Orthogonal trajectories.

I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171BS1T01 3 1 2 3



UNIT II:

Linear differential equations of higher order:

Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients with RHS term of

the type eax, sin ax, cos ax, polynomials in x, eax V(x), xV(x)- Method of Variation of

parameters, Method of undetermined coefficients.

*(MATLAB Exercise: Introduction to MAT LAB commands and Solution of Initial Value

Problems using the command ‘dsolve’)

Applications:

Electric circuits, simple harmonic motion.

UNIT III:

Linear systems of equations:

Rank of a matrix - Echelon form-Normal form – Solution of linear systems – Gauss

elimination method - Gauss Seidal method.

Applications:

Finding the current in electrical circuits.

UNIT IV:

Eigen values - Eigen vectors and Quadratic forms:

Eigen values - Eigen vectors– Properties of eigen values (without proof ) – Cayley -

Hamilton theorem (without proof ) - Inverse and powers of a matrix by using Cayley -

Hamilton theorem- Diagonalization- Quadratic forms- Reduction of quadratic form to

canonical form using orthogonal transformation– Nature of the quadratic form.

*(MATLAB Exercise: All Basic Operations on matrices are to be implemented using

MATLAB including computation of rank, computation of eigen values and eigen vectors)

UNIT V:

Partial differentiation and Partial differential equations

Homogeneous function-Euler’s theorem-Total derivative-Chain rule-Taylor’s and

Maclaurin’s series expansion of functions of two variables– Functional dependence-

Jacobian.

Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and

arbitrary functions –solutions of first order linear (Lagrange) equation, nonlinear (standard

types) equations.

Applications: Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables without constraints and

Lagrange’s method (with constraints).

*(MATLAB Exercise: To Plot graphs of various single and multivariable functions using

MATLAB and analyze their maxima and minima graphically).

Text Books:

1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khanna

Publishers.

2. Dr.T.K.V. Iyengar, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand publications



Reference Books:

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-

India

2. D.G.Zill, MICHAIL R CULTER, Advanced Engineering Mathematics Third

Edition Norosa Publications 2009.

3. Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC

Press.

4. Peter O’neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Cengage Learning.

5. Glyn James, Advanced modern engineering mathematics, Pearson education.

6. MATLAB by Rudra Pratap, Getting started with MATLAB, Oxford

Publication.

Web Links:

1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portal:Mathematics

2. http://mathworld.wolfram.com

3. https://www.khanacademy.org

4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104017

****

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portal:Mathematics

http://mathworld.wolfram.com/

https://www.khanacademy.org/

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104017



ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

(Common to CE, EEE, ME, Min.E, PT & Ag.E)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To define the various ecosystems and its diversity.

COB 2: To summarize the overall natural resources.

COB 3: To classify environmental impacts of developmental activities.

COB 4: To discuss social issues, environmental legislation and global treaties.

COB 5: To educate environmental management systems.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify the need for protecting the producers and consumers in various

ecosystems and their role in the food web.

CO 2: Outline the natural resources and their importance for the sustenance of

the life.

CO 3: List out the biodiversity of India, threats and its conservation methods.

CO 4: Illustrate various attributes of the pollution, impacts and measures to

control the pollution along with waste management practices.

CO 5: Describe social issues both rural and urban environment to combat the

challenges.

CO 6: Summarize the legislations of India in environmental protection.

CO 7: Classify environmental assessment and the stages involved in EIA.

CO 8: Transform existing campus into self sustaining green campus with

environment friendly aspects of – Energy, Water and Wastewater reuse,

Plantation, Rainwater Harvesting and Parking Curriculum.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1) 1 - - - - 1 2 1 - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 2 - - - -

CO3 (K1) 1 - - - - 1 2 1 - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 2 - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 2 - 3 - -

CO6 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 2 - - - -

CO7 (K4) 3 - - - - 3 2 3 - - 1 -

CO8 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 3 3 2 3

I Semester L T P C




Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:


CO1 (K1) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - 2

CO3 (K1) - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - -

CO5 (K2) - - -

CO6 (K2) - - -

CO7 (K4) - - -

CO8 (K2) 2 1 2

UNIT –I: Ecosystems:

Scope of environmental studies, Structure- Producers, consumers and decomposers

Function – Food chain, Food web, Tropic structure and Energy flow in the ecosystem

Ecological pyramids, nutrient recycling, primary and secondary production, ecosystem

regulation. Ecological succession Terrestrial ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem -

Introduction, types, characteristic features.

UNIT – II: Natural Resources:

Natural resources and associated problems Forest resources – Use and over – exploitation,

deforestation – Timber extraction – Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal

people.

Water resources – Use and over utilization of surface and ground water – Floods, drought,

conflicts over water, dams – benefits and problems

Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using

mineral resources.

Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by non-agriculture activities-effects

of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity

Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources

use of alternate energy sources vs oil and natural gas extraction.

Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, Wasteland reclamation, man

induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification. Role of an individual in conservation

of natural resources. Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.

UNIT – III: Biodiversity and its conservation:

Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity classification Value of biodiversity:

consumptive use, productive use, social-Biodiversity at national and local levels. India as a

mega-diversity nation - Hot-spots of biodiversity - Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss,

man-wildlife conflicts - Endangered and endemic species of India – Conservation of

biodiversity.

UNIT – IV: Environmental Pollution:

Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of Air pollution, Water pollution, Soil

pollution, Noise pollution, Nuclear hazards. Role of an individual in prevention of

pollution. - Pollution case studies, Sustainable Life Style.

Solid Waste Management: Sources, Classification, effects and control measures of urban

and industrial solid wastes. Consumerism and waste products, Biomedical, Hazardous and

e – waste management.



UNIT – V: Social Issues and the Environment

Urban problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water harvesting-Resettlement

and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Global challenges

Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions. Environmental Protection Act -Air

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. –Water (Prevention and control of Pollution)

Act -Wildlife Protection Act - Forest Conservation Act-Issues involved in enforcement of

environmental legislation. - Public awareness and Environmental management.

Text Books:

1. Environmental Studies, K.V. S. G. Murali Krishna, VGS Publishers, Vijayawada

2. Environmental Studies, R. Rajagopalan, 2nd Edition, 2011, Oxford University

Press.

3. Environmental Studies, P.N. Palanisamy, P. Manikandan, A. Geetha, and K.

Manjula Rani; Pearson Education, Chennai

Reference Books:

1. Text Book of Environmental Studies, Deeshita Dave & P. Udaya Bhaskar,

Cengage Learning.

2. A Textbook of Environmental Studies, Shaashi Chawla, TMH, New Delhi.

3. Environmental Studies, Benny Joseph, Tata McGraw Hill Co, New Delhi.

4. “Perspectives in Environment Studies” Anubha Kaushik, C P Kaushik, New Age

International Publishers, 2014.

Web Links:

1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7G3eXI_DPn8

2. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122102006/


4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4AuwG2G_ERU

5. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/fundamentals-of-environmental-pollution.html


****

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7G3eXI_DPn8

http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122102006/


https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4AuwG2G_ERU

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/fundamentals-of-environmental-pollution.html




APPLIED CHEMISTRY

I Semester L T P C


Course Objectives

COB 1: To impart knowledge about polymers and plastic materials that are used in

household appliances, aerospace and automotive industries.

COB 2: To nurture students about fuels as energy source used in industries like

thermal power plant, steel industry, fertilizer industry etc., and

automobiles.

COB 3: To impart knowledge about working of primary, secondary cells. Theories

of corrosion and its control methods.

COB 4: To impart knowledge on advance materials like Nano, Super Conductors

also Semi Conductors and Liquid Crystals.

COB 5: To educate students about renewable energy resources as alternatives for

producing electrical energy.

Course Outcomes


CO 1: Explain polymeric materials their uses and moulding techniques of

plastics.

CO 2: Classify solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.

CO 3: Explain about batteries, corrosion and their control methods.

CO 4: Explain Nano materials, Super Conductors, Semi Conductors and Liquid

Crystals.

CO 5: Summarize non-conventional energy sources and their applications.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2) - - 2

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K2) - - -

CO4 (K2) - - 2

CO5 (K2) - - -



UNIT - I:

High Polymers and Plastics:

Polymerisation: Introduction- Mechanism of polymerization - Stereo regular polymers -

Physical and mechanical properties – Plastics as engineering materials: advantages and

limitations – Thermoplastics and Thermosetting plastics – Compounding and fabrication

(compression moulding, injection moulding, extrusion moulding and transfer moulding

techniques)- Preparation, properties and applications of polyethene, PVC, Bakelite and

polycarbonates. Elastomers – Natural rubber- compounding and vulcanization – Synthetic

rubbers: Buna S, Buna N, Thiokol – Applications of elastomers. Biodegradable polymers.

UNIT - II:

Fuel Technology:

Fuels:- Introduction – Classification – Calorific value - HCV and LCV – Dulong’s formula

– Coal –– Proximate and ultimate analysis – Significance of the analyses – Liquid fuels –

Petroleum- Refining – Cracking – Synthetic petrol –Petrol knocking – Diesel knocking -

Octane and Cetane ratings – Anti-knock agents – Power alcohol – Bio-diesel – Gaseous

fuels – Natural gas. LPG and CNG – Combustion – Calculation of air for the combustion

of a fuel – Flue gas analysis – Orsat apparatus.

UNIT - III :

Electrochemical Cells And Corrosion:

Galvanic cells - Reversible and irreversible cells – Single electrode potential- Electro

chemical series and uses of this series- Standard electrodes (Hydrogen and Calomel

electrodes) - Concentration Cells – Batteries: Dry Cell - Li cells - Zinc – air cells.

Corrosion:- Definition – Theories of Corrosion (electrochemical) – Formation of galvanic

cells by different metals, by concentration cells, by differential aeration and waterline

corrosion – Passivity of metals – Pitting corrosion - Galvanic series – Factors which

influence the rate of corrosion - Protection from corrosion – Cathodic protection -

Protective coatings: – Metallic (cathodic and anodic) coatings - Methods of application on

metals (Galvanizing, Tinning, Electroplating, Electroless plating).

UNIT - IV:

Chemistry of Advanced Materials: Nano materials:-Introduction – Sol-gel method - Carbon nano tubes and fullerenes: Types,

preparation, properties and applications.

Super conductors:-Type –I, Type II – Characteristics and applications

Semi conductors:- Preparation of semiconductors, working of diods and transistors.

Green synthesis:-Principles

Liquid crystals:-Introduction – Types – Applications

Fuel cells:- Introduction - cell representation, H2-O2fuel cell: Design and working,

advantages and Limitations. Types of fuel cells: methanol-oxygen fuel cells.

UNIT - V:

Non Conventional Energy Sources:

Solar Energy: - Introduction, application of solar energy, conversion of solar energy

(Thermal conversion & photo conversion) – photovoltaic cell: design, working and its

importance Non-conventional energy sources:

(i) Hydropower include setup a hydropower plant (schematic diagram)

(ii) Geothermal energy: Introduction-schematic diagram of a geothermal power plant



(iii) Tidal and wave power: Introduction- Design and working-movement of tides and

their effect on sea level.

(iv) Ocean thermal energy: Introduction, closed-cycle, ocean thermal energy conversion

(OTEC), open cycle OTEC, hybrid OTEC, schematic diagram and explanation.

(v) Biomass and biofuels.

Text Books:

1. Engineering Chemistry by Jain and Jain; Dhanpat Rai Publicating Co.

2. A Text books of Applied Chemistry by Dr. Bharathi kumari Yalamananchili, VGS

publications.

3. Engineering Chemistry by Shikha Agarwal; Cambridge University Press, 2015

edition.

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Chemistry by PrasanthRath, Cengage Learning, 2015 edition.

2. A text book of engineering Chemistry by S. S. Dara; S. Chand & Co Ltd., Latest

Edition

3. Applied Chemistry by H.D. Gesser, Springer Publishers

4. Text book of Nano-science and nanotechnology by B.S. Murthy, P. Shankar and

others, University Press, IIM

Web Links:

1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/chemistry-of-materials

2. http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=2946



***

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/chemistry-of-materials

http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=2946





ENGINEERING MECHANICS


I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171ES1T02 3 1 0 3

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart knowledge on the concept of forces and its resolution in

different planes, resultant of force system, forces acting on a body, their

free body diagrams using graphical methods and to know the concept of

friction.

COB 2: To make the students calculate the centre of gravity and moment of

inertia.

COB 3: To educate the students about kinematics, kinetics, work - energy and

impulse - momentum principles.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Determine the resultant force and moment for a given force system.

CO 2: Explain the concept of friction.

CO 3: Calculate the forces in planar and spatial systems.

CO 4: Locate centroid of composite areas and centre of gravity of composite

bodies.

CO 5: Calculate the moment of inertia of composite areas and rigid bodies.

CO 6: Apply the concepts of kinematics, kinetics, work - energy and impulse -

momentum methods to particle motion.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K1) 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K3) - 1 -

CO4 (K1) - - -

CO5 (K3) - - -

CO6 (K3) - - -



UNIT- I:

Introduction to Engineering Mechanics: Basic Concepts. Systems of Forces: Coplanar

Concurrent Forces & Non Concurrent Forces – Components in Space – Resultant –

Moment of Force and its Application – Couples and Resultant of Force Systems.

Friction: Introduction, limiting friction and impending motion, Coulomb’s laws of dry

friction, coefficient of friction, cone of friction.

UNIT- II:

Equilibrium of Systems of Forces: Free Body Diagrams, Equations of Equilibrium of

Coplanar Systems, and Spatial Systems for concurrent forces. Lami’s Theorem, Converse

of the law of Triangle of forces, Converse of the law of polygon of forces condition of

equilibrium.

UNIT- III:

Centroid: Centroid of simple figures (from basic principles) – Centroid of composite

figures.

Centre of Gravity: Centre of gravity of simple body (from basic principles), Centre of

gravity of composite bodies, Pappus theorems.

UNIT- IV:

Area Moment of Inertia: Definition – Polar Moment of Inertia, Transfer Theorem,

Moment of Inertia of composite figures.

Mass Moment of Inertia: Moment of Inertia of masses, Transfer formula for Mass

Moment of Inertia, Mass Moment of inertia of composite bodies.

UNIT – V:

Kinematics: Basics of linear motion.

Kinetics: Particle and Rigid body in translation – Central force motion – Equations of

plane motion – Fixed axis rotation.

Work – Energy Method: Equations for translation, Work-Energy Applications to particle

motion, Connected system-Fixed axis rotation and plane motion. Impulse momentum

method.

Text Books:

1. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics - A.K.Tayal, Umesh Publications.

2. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics - A Nelson, Mc Graw Hill

publications.

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics – R.C.Hibbeler, 11th Edn – Pearson

Publications.

2. Engineering Mechanics, statics and dynamics – I.H.Shames, – Pearson

Publications.

3. Mechanics for Engineers, statics - F.P.Beer & E.R.Johnston – 5th Ed. Mc Graw

Hill Publications.

4. Mechanics for Engineers, dynamics - F.P.Beer & E.R.Johnston –5th Ed. Mc Graw

Hill Publications.



Web Links:

1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/engineering-mechanics-drgsaravana-

kumar.html

2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2264/Engineering-Mechanics

3. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2690/Applied-Mechanics

4. https://cosmolearning.org/courses/engineering-mechanics/video-lectures/

***

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/engineering-mechanics-drgsaravana-kumar.html

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/engineering-mechanics-drgsaravana-kumar.html

http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2264/Engineering-Mechanics

http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2690/Applied-Mechanics

https://cosmolearning.org/courses/engineering-mechanics/video-lectures/



COMPUTER PROGRAMMING


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart adequate knowledge on the need of programming languages and

problem solving techniques.

COB 2: To develop programming skills using the fundamentals and basics of C

language.

COB 3: To enable effective usage of Control Structures, arrays, Strings, functions,

structures and union.

COB 4: To impart the knowledge of pointers and to understand the principles of

dynamic memory allocation.

COB 5: To illustrate the file concepts and its operations.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Illustrate the basic concepts of Computers.

CO 2: Solve mathematical and scientific problems using fundamentals of C.

CO 3: Use Control Structures and Arrays in solving complex problems.

CO 4: Develop modular programs to solve problems using control structures,

Arrays and strings.

CO 5: Demonstrate the pointers concept for allocating and deal locating memory

dynamically.

CO 6: Solve real world problems using the concept of structures and unions.

CO 7: Develop real time applications using file operations.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO6 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -

CO7 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2) - - 2

CO2 (K3) 1 - 3

CO3 (K3) 1 - 3

CO4 (K3) 1 - 3

CO5 (K2) - - -

CO6 (K4) - - 3

CO7 (K3) - - 3

I Semester L T P C




UNIT-I:

Computer History, Hardware, Software, Programming Languages and Algorithms:

Fundamental concepts of Computer, Programming Languages - Machine Language,

Assembly Language, Low-level and High-level Languages, Basics of Hardware and

Software, Algorithms, Flowchart, pseudo code, The Software Development Process.

Introduction to C Programming:

Introduction, Structure of a C Program, Identifiers, main () function, print f () function,

Indentation, Comments, Keywords, Data Types, Variables, Constants and Declarations,

Input/ Output Statements, Operators, Type Conversion.

UNIT -II:

Control Flow, Relational Expressions & Arrays:

Selection: if, if-else, nested if with examples, Multi-way selection: switch, else-if with

examples. Repetition: Basic Loop Structures: for, while and do-while loops, counter

controlled and condition controlled loops, nested loops, goto, continue and break.

Arrays: Introduction, Operations on Arrays, 2D Arrays, Arrays as Function Arguments,

Multi Dimensional Arrays.

UNIT-III:

Functions:

Basics of Functions: Declaration, Definition and call, Categories of Functions, passing

parameters to Functions, Variable Scope, Storage Classes, Recursive Functions, Recursion

and its Types.

Strings:

String Fundamentals, String Processing with and without Library Functions.

UNIT-IV:

Pointers: Concept of a Pointer, Declaring and Initializing Pointer Variables, Pointer Expressions and

Address Arithmetic, Null Pointers, Generic Pointers, Pointers as Function arguments,

Pointer to Pointer, Pointers and Arrays, Pointers and Strings, Dynamic Memory Allocation

Functions, Dangling Pointer, Command line Arguments.

UNIT-V:

Structures:

Introduction to Structures, Nested Structures, Arrays of Structures, Structures and

Functions, Self-Referential Structures, Unions, derived data type, bit-fields.

Data Files:

Introduction to Files, Using Files in C, Reading and Writing with Text Files, Error

Handling during File Operations, Random File Access.

Text Books:

1 Computer Programming, Reema Thareja, OXFORD.

2 ANSI C Programming, Gary J. Bronson, Cengage Learning.

3 Programming in C A-Practial Approach by Ajay Mittal.



Reference Books:

1 C Programming – A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Cengage.

2 The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson

Education.

3 Programming in C, Ashok Kamthane.

Web Links:

1. http://www.c4learn.com/

2. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/c/

3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104019/

4. http://www.learn-c.org/

5. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/

****

http://www.c4learn.com/

http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/c/

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104019/

http://www.learn-c.org/

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/



ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB- I


I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171HS1L01 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To facilitate computer-aided multi-media instruction enabling

individualized and independent language learning.

COB 2: To sensitize the students to the nuances of English speech sounds, word

accent and intonation.

COB 3: To bring about a consistent accent and intelligibility in their pronunciation

of English by providing an opportunity for practice in speaking.

COB 4: To improve the fluency in spoken English and neutralize mother tongue

influence.

COB 5: To train students to use language appropriately.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Demonstrate nuances of language through audio-visual experience and

Group activities.

CO 2: Identify accent for intelligibility.

CO 3: Demonstrate in conversation, jams and public speaking.

CO 4: Make use of the concepts to communicate confidently and competently in

English Language in all spheres.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -

CO3 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -

CO4 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -



CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K3) - - 3

CO3 (K2) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

PRACTICE 1:

A. Greeting, Introducing and taking leave

B. Pure Vowels



PRACTICE 2: A. Giving Information and Asking for Information

B. Diphthongs

PRACTICE 3:

A. Inviting, Accepting and Declining Invitations

B. Consonants

PRACTICE 4:

A. Commands, Instructions and Requests

B. Accent and Rhythm

PRACTICE 5:

A. Suggestions and Opinions

B. Intonation

Reference Books:

1. Strengthen your Communication Skills by Dr.M.Hari Prasad, Dr.Salivendra J.Raju

and Dr.G.Suvarna Lakshmi, Maruthi Publications.

2. English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications, Hyderabad.

3. A Handbook of English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications.

4. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, Tata Mcraw – Hill

Publishing Company.

5. Word power made handy, Dr. Shalini verma, S. Chand Company.

6. Let us hear them speak, Jayashree Mohanraj, Sage texts.

****



APPLIED CHEMISTRY LAB

I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171BS1L03 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To demonstrate volumetric, conductometric, potentiometric titrations and

PH determination.

COB 2: To educate students about the preparation of thermosetting plastic such as

Bakelite and alternative fuel such as Bio-diesel.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Demonstrate Acid – Base Redox & Complexometric titrations by

volumetric analysis.

CO 2: Demonstrate Acid – Base titrations by instrumental analysis.

CO 3: Prepare polymer like Bakelite.

CO 4: Prepare alternative fuel like Bio-Diesel.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) - 1 -

CO2 (K3) - 1 -

CO3 (K3) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

Exercise 1:

Introduction to Chemistry laboratory – Molarity, Normality, Primary, secondary standard

solutions, Volumetric titrations, Quantitative analysis, Qualitative analysis, etc.

Exercise 2: Trial experiment - Determination of HCl using standard Na2CO3 solution.

Exercise 3:

Preparation of Phenol - Formaldehyde resin (Bakelite).

Exercise 4:

Determination of KMnO4 using standard Oxalic acid solution.



Exercise 5:

Determination of ferrous iron using standard K2Cr2O7 solution.

Exercise 6:

Preparation of Bio-Diesel.

Exercise 7:

Determination of temporary and permanent hardness of water using standard EDTA

solution.

Exercise 8:

Determination of Copper using standard EDTA solution.

Exercise 9:

Determination of Iron by a Colorimetric method using thiocynate as reagent.

Exercise 10:

Determination of pH of the given sample solution using pH meter.

Exercise 11:

Conduct metric titration between strong acid and strong base.

Exercise 12:

Conduct metric titration between strong acid and weak base.

Exercise 13:

Potentiometric titration between strong acid and strong base.

Exercise 14:

Potentiometric titration between strong acid and weak base.

Exercise 15:

Determination of Zinc using standard EDTA solution.

Exercise 16:

Determination of Vitamin – C.

Reference Books: 1. A Textbook of Quantitative Analysis, Arthur J. Vogel.

2. Dr.Jyotsna Cherukuris (2012) Laboratory Manual of engineering chemistry - II,

VGS Techno Series.

3. Chemistry Practical Manual, Lorven Publications K. Mukkanti (2009). Practical

Engineering Chemistry, B.S.Publication.

****



COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB


I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171ES1L01 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart knowledge on various Editors.

COB 2: To nurture the students on various operators and control structures in C.

COB 3: To demonstrate the modular programming approach for solving problems.

COB 4: To make the students understand, the concepts of array and structures.

COB 5: To explain the file concepts for solving various problems.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Implement basic programs in C.

CO 2: Use Conditional and Iterative statements to solve real time scenarios in C.

CO 3: Implement the concept of Arrays and Modularity.

CO 4: Apply the Dynamic Memory Allocation functions using pointers.

CO 5: Develop programs using structures, and Files.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 1 - 3

CO2 (K3) - - 3

CO3 (K3) - - 3

CO4 (K3) 1 - 3

CO5 (K3) - - 3

Exercise – 1:

Introduction to C Programming

1.1) Introduction about Editors –Turbo, vi, Emacs

1.2) C Program to Perform Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division of two

numbers from Command line

1.3) Write a C Program to Calculate area of a Triangle using Heron's formula.



Exercise – 2:

Basic Math

2.1) Write a C Program to Find Whether the Given Year is a Leap Year or not.

2.2) Write a C Program to convert Celsius to Fahrenheit and vice versa.

2.3) Write a C Program to find largest of three numbers using ternary operator.

Exercise – 3:

Control Flow - I 3.1) Write a C program to find the roots of a Quadratic Equation.

3.2) Write a C Program to make a simple Calculator to Add, Subtract, Multiply or Divide

Using switch…case.

3.3) Scenario - 1 ATM PIN GENERATION:

Aditya purchased a credit card. He has to generate a PIN number to access the ATM and

Net banking for which OTP was sent to his registered mobile number. Using this OTP

number he has to generate ATM PIN number. After generating PIN number, he can use it

for further transactions. Maximum login he can make is 3 times.

Sample Input:

OTP: 6732

If valid

Enter PIN: 8858

Confirm your PIN: 8858

Sample output:

valid/Invalid

PIN generated successfully.

Note: OTP is hard coded.

3.4) Scenario - 2 RESET PASSWORD:

Sindhuja was using Syndicate Bank’s Online Account. She wanted to pay her bills through

Online. But she forget her password. Now she has to reset the password. For resetting the

password, she has to select reset option from the Menu.

NOTE: using switch case.

Sample input:

1. Fast withdrawal

2. Mini Statement.

3. Balance Enquiry

4. Reset Password

Enter your choice: 4

Sample Output: Reset password: New password: ***** Confirm password: *****

Exercise –4:

Control Flow - II

4.1) Write a C Program to Find Whether the Given Number is

i) Prime Number

ii) Armstrong Number

4.2) Write a C program to print Floyd Triangle

4.3) Write a C Program to print Pascal Triangle



Exercise – 5:

Control Flow – III

5.1) Write a C program to find the sum of individual digits of a positive integer.

5.2) Write a C program to check whether given number is palindrome or not.

5.3) Write a C program to read two numbers, x and n, and then compute the sum of the

geometric progression 1+x+x2 +x3 +………….+xn.

5.4) Scenario - 3 Student Attendance report Generation:

Some of the school staff had failed to maintain the attendance of the students, causing lack

of essential records related to students attendance that should be submitted in a parents

meet. The school management has decided to automate the process in order to maintain the

attendance of every student effectively. You are asked to write a program to the above

scenario and display whether the student is allowed to write the Exam or not.

percentage<65 detained

>=65 and <75 should pay condonation to appear for

Exams

>=75 allowed for Exams

Sample Input:

Enter no of students: 5

Enter Students Details:

Rno:1 Name: Kalyan attendance(%):67

Should pay

condonation to

appear for Exams

Rno:2 Name: laxman attendance(%):56

Rno:3 Name: Yamini attendance(%):79

Rno:4 Name: Aryan attendance(%):60

Rno:5 Name: Raghav attendance(%):88

Sample Output:

Rno Name Attendance (%) Remarks

1 Kalyan 67 should pay condonation

to appear for Exams

2 Laxman 56 detained

3 Yamini 79 allowed for Exams

4 Aryan 60 detained

5 Raghav 88 allowed for Exams

Exercise 6:

Arrays

Demonstration of arrays

6.1) Linear Search.

6.2) Bubble Sort.

6.3) Operations on Matrix.

6.4) Scenario – 4 Celebrity of the Week:

Red FM has launched a program called Celebrity of the week in their channel. Listeners

are given a toll free number where they can listen to list of celebrities. Listeners can

choose their favourite celebrity from the list and vote for him/her. The votes are validated

from Monday to Saturday. The one with highest votes is called as "Celebrity of the Week"



and his/her songs are played in the program, which is aired on Sundays. Now write a

program to find the celebrity of the week.

Sample Input:

1. Nagachaithanya

2. Nithin

3. Prabhas

4. Ram

5. Thamanna

6. Samantha

7. Regina

8. Sruthihasan

Enter no of listeners: 10

Enter your favourite: 3










Sample Output:

"Celebrity of the Week" is PRABHAS

Exercise – 7:

Functions 7.1) Write a C Program to demonstrate parameter passing in Functions and returning

values.

7.2) Write a C Program to find Fibonacci, Factorial of a number with Recursion and

without Recursion.

7.3) Scenario – 5 SELF DRIVE RENTAL

Sadiq and his friends are going to Banglore. But they don’t have a vehicle in Banglore. For

that they go to rental cars to take car for rent. You have find out what is total amount of

car’s rent. The car’s rentals and rules are as follows.

i) Minimum booking is 4.

ii) There are 3 types of cars

A) SWIFT

B) SCORPIO

C) INNOVA

iii) There are 3 categories in cars rental

A) LTTE

B) CLASS

C) XL

FOR SWIFT,

In LTTE 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.70 per one hour, if they exceed

5kmph, then Rs.12 per km.

In CLASS, 10 kms are free for one hour and Rs.90 per one hour, if they exceed




In XL, 15 kms are free for one hour and Rs.110 per one hour, if they exceed


FOR SCORPIO,

In LTTE, 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.90 per one hour, if they exceed






FOR INNOVA

In LTTE, 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.110 per one hour, if they exceed






SAMPLE INPUT:

ENTER NO.OF DAYS AND HOURS FOR CAR: 01 02 (I.E 1 DAY 2 HOURS = 26

HOURS)

1. SWIFT

2. SCORPIO

3. INNOVA

SELECT A CAR: 2

1. LTTE

2. CLASS

3. XL

SELECT RENTAL TYPE: 2

TOTAL KMS COVERED: 300

SAMPLE OUTPUT:

TOTAL HOURS: 26

CAR NAME: SCORPIO

RENTAL TYPE: CLASS

AMOUNT: 2860

EXCEED AMOUNT (40KM

*15):

600

GRAND TOTAL: 3460

Exercise – 8:

Strings

8.1) Implementation of string manipulation operations with library function.

i) copy

ii) concatenate

iii) length

iv) compare

8.2) Implementation of string manipulation operations without library function.



i) copy

ii) concatenate

iii) length

iv) compare

8.3) Verify whether the given string is a palindrome or not

8.4) Scenario – 6 Word with Obesity:

Jeeth is a fun loving and active boy. He likes to play with words and numbers. One day

Jeeth and his friends attended a seminar, which was conducted in his school. The Seminar

was about "Causes of obesity in children and its effects". Jeeth and his friend Ram are not

interested in listening to the seminar, so he thought of giving a puzzle to Ram. Jeeth gave

some words to Ram and wanted him to find the word with Obesity. Ram was confused and

asking your help. Write a program to find the weights of the words and display the word

with highest weight (word with obesity).

Sample Input:

Enter no of words: 3

Enter 3 words: apple banana carrot

Sample Output:

Word with Obesity is carrot

Exercise – 9:

Arrays and Pointers

9.1) Write a C Program to Access Elements of an Array Using Pointer

9.2) Write a C Program to find the sum of numbers with arrays and pointers.

Exercise – 10:

Dynamic Memory Allocations

10.1) Write a C program to find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this

program, allocate memory dynamically using malloc () function.

10.2)Write a C program to find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this

program, allocate memory dynamically using calloc () function. Understand the difference

between the above two programs

Exercises – 11:

Structures

11.1) Write a C Program to Store Information of a book Using Structure

11.2) Write a C Program to Store Information Using Structures with Dynamically Memory

Allocation

11.3) Write a C Program to Add Two Complex Numbers by Passing Structure to a

Function

11.4) Scenario – 7 Library Management

Shilpa student of PGEC got the Library Card. She wants to lend the books from the

Library. The college gave two cards to each and every student. The students can lend only

two books at a time and it has to be returned back after 15 days. If the books are not

returned late fee will be collected for no. of days the books were returned after the due

date. Late fee per day is Rs.50/-

Sample Input.

Enter the name of student, Roll No. Branch, Section, Year, DOL, DOR,



Sample output

No. of days returned after the due date = 5

Late fee per day = Rs. 50

Fine paid by the student is 5 * 50 =250.

Exercise -12:

Files

12.1) Write a C program to open a file and to print the contents of the file on screen.

12.2) Write a C program to copy content of one file to another file.

12.3) Write a C program to merge two files and store content in another file.

12.4) Scenario – 8 Student Information System Using Files:

Lakshya International school was recently established and having large no of admissions.

The school management wanted the Student information to be computerized and wanted to

maintain in a simple and in effective manner. You are asked to develop Student

Information System using Files to perform the following tasks

1. Add New Student

2. Update Existing Student

3. Delete Existing Student

4. Retrieve A Particular/All Students

Sample Input:

Choose the task you want to perform:

1. Add

2. Update

3. Delete

4. Retrieve

Your choice: 1

Enter student details:

Name: Akhil

Age: 5

Class: 1

Sample Output:

Student details added

Reference Books:

1. Let Us C by Yashwanth Kanetkar.

2. Programming in C A-Practial Approach by Ajay Mittal.

3. The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson

Education.

Web Links:

1. https://www.hackerrank.com/

2. https://www.codechef.com/

3. https://www.topcoder.com/

4. https://code-cracker.github.io/

****

https://www.hackerrank.com/

https://www.codechef.com/

https://www.topcoder.com/

https://code-cracker.github.io/



ENGLISH – II


Introduction:

In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and

the consequent emphasis on training the students to acquire communicative competence,

the syllabus has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative competence of

the students of Engineering.

As far as the detailed Textbooks are concerned, the focus should be on the skills of

listening, speaking, reading and writing. The non-detailed Textbooks are meant for

extensive reading for pleasure and profit.

Thus the stress in the syllabus is primarily on the development of communicative skills

and fostering of ideas. Course Objectives:

COB 1: To improve the language proficiency of the students in English with

emphasis on LSRW skills.

COB 2: To enable the students to study and comprehend the prescribed lessons and

subjects more effectively relating to their theoretical and practical

components.

COB 3: To develop the communication skills of the students in both formal and

informal situations.

COB 4: To make the learner understand how modern life has been shaped by

Technology.

COB 5: To make the students understand the importance of work.

LISTENING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1 To enable the students to appreciate the role of listening skill and improve their

pronunciation.

2 To enable the students to comprehend the speech of people belonging to different

backgrounds and regions.

3 To enable the students to listen for general content, to fill up information and for

specific information.

SPEAKING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1 To make the students aware of the importance of speaking for their personal and

professional communication.

2 To enable the students to express themselves fluently and accurately in social and

professional success.

II Semester L T P C




3 To help the students describe objects, situations and people.

4 To make the students participate in group activities like role-plays, discussions and

debates.

5 To make the students participate in Just a Minute talks.

READING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1 To enable the students to comprehend a text through silent reading.

2 To enable the students to guess the meanings of words, messages and inferences of

texts in given contexts.

3 To enable the students to skim and scan a text.

4 To enable the students to identify the topic sentence.

5 To enable the students to identify discourse features.

6 To enable the students to make intensive and extensive reading. WRITING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1 To make the students understand that writing is an exact formal skills.

2 To enable the students to write sentences and paragraphs.

3 To make the students identify and use appropriate vocabulary.

4 To enable the students capable of note-making.

5 To make the students to write formal and informal letters.

6 To enable the students to write CV

7 To enable the students to write technical reports.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Compare the difference between modern technology and people’s

technology.

CO 2: Identify the causes for climate change.

CO 3: Explain the applications of modern technologies.

CO 4: Infer that spiritual help is the true bias of all activities in life.

CO 5: Identify professional work habits, necessary for effective collaboration

and cooperation.

CO 6: Rephrase coherent writing in political, social and religious background.

CO 7: Demonstrate writing and basic concepts of grammar skills.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -

CO3 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO4 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO5 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -

CO6 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO7 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -





CO1 (K2) - - 2

CO2 (K3) - 1 -

CO3 (K2) - - 2

CO4 (K2) - - -

CO5 (K3) - - -

CO6 (K2) - - -

CO7 (K2) - - -

Methodology:

1 The class is to be learner-centred where the learners are to read the texts to get a

comprehensive idea of those texts on their own with the help of the peer group and the teacher.

2 Integrated skill development methodology has to be adopted with focus on individual language skills as per the tasks/exercise.

3 The tasks/exercises at the end of each unit should be completed by the learners only and the teacher intervention is permitted as per the complexity of the task/exercise.

4 The teacher is expected to use supplementary material wherever necessary and also generate activities/tasks as per the requirement.

5 The teacher is permitted to use lecture method when a completely new concept is introduced in the class.

Recommended Topics:

UNIT-I:

1. TECHNOLOGY WITH A HUMAN FACE (Detailed)

2. AN IDEAL FAMILY (Non-Detailed)

UNIT-II:

1. CLIMATE CHANGE AND HUMAN STRATEGY (Detailed)

2. WAR (Non-Detailed)

UNIT-III:

1. EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES (Detailed)

2. THE VERGER (Non-Detailed)

UNIT-IV:

1. THE SECRET OF WORK (Detailed)

2. THE SCARECROW (Non-Detailed)

UNIT-V:

1. WORK BRINGS SOLACE (Detailed)

2. A VILLAGE LOST TO THE NATION (Non-Detailed)

Text Books:

Detailed Text Book: ‘Sure Outcomes’ by Orient Black Swan Pvt. Ltd. Publishers.



Non Detailed Text Book : Panorama- A course on Reading by Oxford University Press

Pvt. Ltd. Publishers.

Web Links:

1. http://www.cooperative-individualism.org/schumacher-e-f_technology-with-a-

human-face-1973.htm

2. http://www.sinden.org/verger.html

3. http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2015/05/work-brings-solace-sure-out-comes-b.html

4. http://www.ramakrishnavivekananda.info/vivekananda/volume_1/karma-

yoga/secret_of_work.htm

5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_power_in_Spain

***

http://www.cooperative-individualism.org/schumacher-e-f_technology-with-a-human-face-1973.htm

http://www.cooperative-individualism.org/schumacher-e-f_technology-with-a-human-face-1973.htm

http://www.sinden.org/verger.html

http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2015/05/work-brings-solace-sure-out-comes-b.html

http://www.ramakrishnavivekananda.info/vivekananda/volume_1/karma-yoga/secret_of_work.html

http://www.ramakrishnavivekananda.info/vivekananda/volume_1/karma-yoga/secret_of_work.html

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_power_in_Spain



MATHEMATICS-II


II Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:




design skills.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Apply various numerical methods to find roots of equations and

interpolating polynomials.

CO 2: Apply numerical methods to initial value problems and problems

involving integration.

CO 3: Find the Fourier series of a given function and study the convergence of

the series.

CO 4: Find the Fourier transforms for given functions.

CO 5: Apply method of separation of variables to solve one dimensional heat

equation and wave equation and two dimensional laplace equations.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 1 1 -

CO2 (K3) 1 1 3

CO3 (K2) - - 2

CO4 (K2) - - 2

CO5 (K3) 1 1 3

UNIT I:

Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations and Interpolation: Introduction- Bisection method – Method of false position – Iteration method – Newton -

Raphson method.

Errors in polynomial interpolation – Finite differences- Forward differences-Backward

differences –Central differences – Relation between operators - Differences of a



polynomial-Newton’s formulae for interpolation – Interpolation with unequal intervals -

Lagrange’s interpolation formula.

UNIT II:

Numerical Integration and solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Trapezoidal rule- Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule-Solution of ordinary differential equations

by Taylor’s series-Picard’s method of successive approximations-Euler’s method,

Modified Euler’s method – Runge - Kutta method (fourth order).

UNIT III:

Fourier Series: Fourier series of periodic function - Dirichlet’s conditions for Fourier expansion -

Functions having points of discontinuities–Change of interval – Even and odd functions –

Half-range series.

UNIT IV:

Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem (without proof) – Fourier sine and cosine integrals - sine and

cosine transforms – properties – inverse transforms – Finite Fourier transforms.

UNIT V:

Applications of Partial Differential Equations:

Classification of Higher order P.D.E - Method of separation of Variables- Solution of One

dimensional Wave equation, Heat equation and two-dimensional Laplace equation.

Text Books:

1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers.

2. V. Ravindranath and P. Vijayalakshmi, Mathematical Methods, Himalaya

Publishing House.

Reference Books:

1. Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC Press.

2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-India.

3. Dass H.K., Rajnish Verma. Er., Higher Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Co.

Pvt. Ltd, Delhi.

4. Higher engineering mathematics by John Bird, 5th edition Elsevier Limited, 2006.

5. Advance engineering mathematics by SRK Iyengar, Alpha Sciences International

Publication.

Web Links:





****







MATHEMATICS-III


Course Objectives:




design skills.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Compute Laplace transform of various functions.

CO 2: Apply Laplace transform to solve initial value problems.

CO 3: Discuss about beta and gamma function, double integral over a region and

triple integral over a volume.

CO 4: Find the gradient of a scalar function, divergence and curl of a vector

function.

CO 5: Apply line, surface and volume integrals to find work done by a force,

flux.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 1 1 3

CO2 (K3) 1 1 -

CO3 (K2) - - 2

CO4 (K2) - - -

CO5 (K3) 1 1 -

UNIT - I:

Laplace transforms: Laplace transforms of standard functions-First Shifting theorem, Change of scale,

Multiplication with t, Division by t - Transforms of derivatives and integrals – Unit step

function –Dirac’s delta function, Periodic functions.

II Semester

L T P C

Course Code: 171BS2T06

3 1 2 3



UNIT- II:

Inverse Laplace transforms:

Inverse Laplace transforms – Convolution theorem (without proof), Second shifting

theorem.

*(MATLAB Exercise: Computing Laplace transform off (t) using symbolic toolbox,

Solving initial value problems using ‘dsolve’)

Applications:

Evaluating improper integrals, solving initial value problems using Laplace transforms.

UNIT - III:

Multiple integrals and Beta, Gamma functions: Multiple integrals: Double and triple integrals – Change of variables – Change of order of

integration, Beta and Gamma functions- Properties - Relation between Beta and Gamma

functions-

Applications:

Finding Areas and Volumes.

UNIT - IV:

Vector Differentiation: Gradient - Directional Derivatives - Divergence- Curl - Laplacian operator -

Vector identities.

Applications:

Equation of continuity, potential surfaces

UNIT - V:

Vector Integration: Line integral – Work done - Surface and volume integrals, Green’s Theorem, Stokes

Theorem and Gauss Divergence theorem (without proof) and related problems.

Text Books:

1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers.

2. Dr. T K V Iyengar, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Publications.

Reference Books:

1. George B. Thomas, D, Weir and J. Hass. Thomas Calculus, 12th edition, 2010

Pearson Education

2. Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 2nd edition, Pearson Education.

3. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-India.

4. W. Jordan and T. Smith, Mathematical Techniques, Oxford University Press.

Web Links:





****







APPLIED PHYSICS

II Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To equip the students with basic knowledge of physics in the areas of

optics and lasers. COB 2: To impart the basic knowledge of quantum mechanics and

Semiconductors to engineering students.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Make use of the basic concepts of interference and relate to the principle

of interferometer. CO 2: Relate the basic concepts of diffraction to illustrate the principle of optical

instruments like Telescope & microscope. CO 3: Explain the basic concepts of polarization, principle of polarimeter and the

method of producing high intensity light beams. CO 4: Interpret the wave nature of microscopic particles by using quantum

mechanics and explain the electrical conductivity of materials. CO 5: Explain the behaviour of materials and be able to classify them using the

band theory of solids and the basic concepts of semiconductors.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 1 - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K2) - - -

CO4 (K2) - - -

CO5 (K2) - - -

UNIT-I:

Interference:

Principle of Superposition – Coherence– Interference in thin films (reflection geometry) –

Newton’s rings – construction and working principle of Interferometer.



UNIT-II:

Diffraction: Fraunhofer diffraction at single slit – Cases of double slit, N-slits, & circular aperture,

Grating equation – Rayleigh criterion of resolving power-Resolving power of a grating,

Telescope and Microscopes

UNIT-III:

Polarization:

Types of Polarization – Methods of production – Nicol Prism –Quarter wave plate and

Half Wave plate- working principle of polarimeter (Sacharimeter).

LASERS: Characteristics– Stimulated emission – Einstein’s Transition Probabilities-

Pumping schemes- Ruby laser – Helium Neon laser-CO2 Laser-Applications

UNIT-IV:

Quantum Mechanics:

Introduction –Matter waves – Schrödinger Time Independent and Time Dependent wave

equations – Particle in a box.

FREE ELECTRON THEORY: Defects of classical free electron theory –Quantum Free

electron theory – concept of Fermi Energy.

UNIT-V:

Band Theory of Solids:

Bloch’s theorem (qualitative) – Kronig – Penney model (Qualitative) – energy bands in

crystalline solids – classification of crystalline solids– effective mass of electron &

concept of hole.

Semiconductor Physics:

Conduction – Density of carriers in Intrinsic and Extrinsic semiconductors – Drift &

Diffusion – relevance of Einstein’s equation- Hall effect in semiconductors.

Text Books:

1. Applied Physics – by M.N.Avadhanulu and T.V.S. Arun Murthy, S. Chand &

Company Ltd.,

2. Engineering Physics by D. K. Bhattacharya and Poonam Tandon, Oxford press

(2015).

Reference Books:

1. Applied Physics by P. K. Palanisamy, Scitech publications (2014)

2. Concepts of Modern Physics, Arthur Beiser, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, (2003)

Engineering Physics by M. Arumugam, Anuradha Publication (2014).

Web Links:

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122107035/11


3. https://phet.colorado.edu/en/simulations/category/physics

4. http://physicsgecg.blogspot.in/p/reading-materials.html

5. https://sites.google.com/site/physicsbysureshsaganti/home

****

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122107035/11


https://phet.colorado.edu/en/simulations/category/physics

http://physicsgecg.blogspot.in/p/reading-materials.html

https://sites.google.com/site/physicsbysureshsaganti/home



ENGINEERING DRAWING


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart the knowledge for drawing various types of polygons, conic

sections and scales.

COB 2: To improve the visualization skills of the students for representing the 3D

objects in 2D planes.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Sketch the polygons, conics and scales by using the principles of drawing.

CO 2: Draw Orthographic projections of points and lines.

CO 3: Draw Orthographic projections of planes in various positions.

CO 4: Draw Orthographic projections of solids in various positions.

CO 5: Construct isometric scale and isometric projections.

CO 6: Convert isometric view in to orthographic views.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - 3 - -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - 3 - -



CO1 (K3) - - -

CO2 (K3) - - -

CO3 (K3) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

CO5 (K3) 1 1 -

CO6 (K3) 1 1 -

UNIT-I

Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Lettering, Dimensioning, Types of lines.

Geometrical Constructions: Construction of regular polygons by general method and inscribing circle method. Special

methods for pentagon and hexagon.

II Semester L T P C




Conic Sections: Ellipse, Parabola and Hyperbola by general method (eccentricity method) and special

methods.

Scales: Plain Scale, Diagonal Scale and Vernier Scales.

UNIT-II: Orthographic Projections: Introduction to orthographic projections, Projections of Points, Projections of Lines.

UNIT-III: Projections of Planes: Regular planes perpendicular/parallel to one reference plane and inclined to other

reference plane; inclined to both the reference planes.

UNIT-IV: Projections of Solids: Prisms, Pyramids, Cones and Cylinders with the axis parallel to both the reference planes

and axis inclined to one of the reference planes.

UNIT-V: Isometric Projections

Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections, Conversion of Isometric views into Orthographic

projections.

Text Books:

1. Engineering Drawing by N.D.Bhatt, Charotar Publishers.

2. Engineering Drawing by K.L.Narayana and P. Kannaiah. Scitech Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Drawing by K. Venugopal, New Age Publications.

2. Engineering Drawing by M. B. shah & B.C. Rana., Pearson’s Publishers.

3. Engineering Drawing by B. Agrawal & C.M. Agrawal, Tata Mcgraw Hill

Publishers.

Web Links:


2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/3420/Engineering-Drawing

3. http://engineeringdrawing.org

4. http://inoxwap.com/video/category/engineering-drawing-for-first-year-

engineering.html

****


http://freevideolectures.com/Course/3420/Engineering-Drawing

http://engineeringdrawing.org/

http://inoxwap.com/video/category/engineering-drawing-for-first-year-engineering.html

http://inoxwap.com/video/category/engineering-drawing-for-first-year-engineering.html



ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS – I

Course Objectives:

The objectives of the course are

COB 1: To impart the fundamental concepts like circuit elements (passive and active) and

its V-I relations and various network reduction techniques. COB 2: To impart the behaviour of RLC networks for sinusoidal excitations, and to study

the performance of R-L, R-C and R-L-C circuits with variation of one of the

parameters and to understand the concept of resonance. COB 3: To impart the applications of network topology to electrical circuits.

COB 4: To impart the applications of network theorems for analysis of electrical

networks. COB 5: To impart the adequate knowledge on fundamental concepts of magnetic coupled

circuit.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Compare various electrical networks.

CO 2: Summarize the behaviour of RLC networks for sinusoidal excitations.

CO 3: Analyzes the performance of R-L, R-C and R-L-C circuits with variation of one

of the parameters and concept of resonance.

CO 4: Solve Electrical networks with network topology concepts.

CO 5: Illustrate various electrical networks by using principles of network theorems.

CO 6: Develop magnetic circuits with various dot conventions.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1) 1 - - 2 - - - - - - 1 -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - 2 -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 2 - - - 3 - - - - -



CO1 (K1) - - 1

CO2 (K2) - - 2

CO3 (K3) 1 1 3

CO4 (K3) 1 1 3

CO5 (K2) - - -

CO6 (K3) 1 1 3

II Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171EE2T01 3 1 0 3



UNIT-I:

Introduction to Electrical Circuits:

Passive components and their V-I relations- sources (dependent and independent) -

kirchhoff’s laws, network reduction techniques (series, parallel, series - parallel, star-to-

delta and delta-to-star transformation) - source transformation technique - nodal analysis

and mesh analysis.

UNIT-II:

Single Phase A.C Systems:

Periodic waveforms (determination of rms, average value and form factor) - concept of

phase angle and phase difference - waveforms and phasor diagrams for lagging, leading

networks - complex and polar forms of representations, steady state analysis of R, L and C

circuits - power factor and its significance real, reactive power and apparent power,

waveform of instantaneous power triangle and complex power.

Analysis of AC Networks:

Extension of node and mesh analysis to AC networks, numerical problems on sinusoidal

steady state analysis, series and parallel resonance, selectively band width and quality

factor. Introduction to locus diagram.

UNIT-III:

Network topology:

Definitions of graph and tree, basic cut set and tie set matrices for planar networks, loop

and nodal methods of analysis of networks with dependent and independent voltage and

current sources, duality and dual networks.

UNIT-IV:

Network theorems (With AC& DC excitations):

Superposition theorem, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, maximum power transfer

theorem using dependent sources also. Introduction to reciprocity theorem, Millman’s

theorem, compensation theorem, Tellegen’s Theorem, substitution Theorem.

UNIT-V:

Magnetic Circuit:

Basic definition of MMF, flux and reluctance. Analogy between electrical and magnetic

circuits. Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction, concept of self and mutual

inductance. Dot convention-coefficient of coupling and composite magnetic circuit.

Analysis of series and parallel magnetic circuits.

Text Books:

1. Engineering Circuit Analysis by William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerley,McGraw

Hill Company,6 th edition

2. Network Analysis: Van Valkenburg; Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd

Reference Books:

1. Fundamentals of Electrical Circuits by Charles K. Alexander and Mathew N. O.

Sadiku, McGraw Hill Education (India)

2. Electric Circuits– (Schaum’s outlines) by Mahmood Nahvi& Joseph Edminister,

Adapted by KumaRao, 5th Edition – McGraw Hill.

3. Introductory Circuit Analysis by Robert L Boylestad, Pearson Publications

4. Circuit Theory (Analysis and Synthesis) by A. Chakrabarthi, DhanpatRai &Co.



5. Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis by Ed. J. David Irwin, R. M. Nelms, Wiley

Publications.

6. Electrical & Electronics Technology by Hughes, 8th Edition, Pearson Publications.

Web Links:

1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/circuit-theory.html

2. https://www.youtube.com/user/nptelhrd/videos

3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network_analysis_(electrical_circuits)

4. https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Circuit_Theory

****

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/circuit-theory.html

https://www.youtube.com/user/nptelhrd/videos

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network_analysis_(electrical_circuits)

https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Circuit_Theory



ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB - II (Common to all branches)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To facilitate computer-aided multi-media instruction enabling

individualized and independent language learning.

COB 2: To improve the fluency in spoken English and neutralize mother tongue

Influence.

COB 3: To train students to use language appropriately

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Illustrate interpersonal skills using language confidently and effectively

for personal and profession growth.

CO 2: Make use of effective delivery strategies to select, compile, and synthesize

information for an oral presentation.

CO 3: Demonstrate in mock interviews, mock group discussion and public

speaking.

CO 4: Identify communicative competency to respond to others in different

situations.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -

CO3 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -

CO4 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -



CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K3) - - 3

CO3 (K2) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

PRACTICE 1:

Body Language

PRACTICE 2:

Dialogues

PRACTICE 3:

Presentation Skills

II Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171HS2L02 0 0 3 2



PRACTICE 4:

Group Discussion PRACTICE 5: Interviews and Telephonic Interviews.

PRACTICE 6:

Debates Reference Books:

1. Strengthen your Communication Skills by Dr.M.Hari Prasad, Dr.Salivendra J.Raju and Dr.G.Suvarna Lakshmi, Maruthi Publications.

2. English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications, Hyderabad. 3. A Handbook of English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications. 4. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, Tata Mcraw – Hill

Publishing Company. 5. Cornerstone, Developing soft skills, Pearson Education.

****



APPLIED PHYSICS LAB

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the students gain practical knowledge to co- relate with the

theoretical studies.

COB 2: To impart skills in measurements.

COB 3: To plan the experimental procedure and to record and process the results

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Use spectrometer, polarimeter, travelling microscope for making

measurements.

CO 2: Determine energy gap of a semiconductor, draw characteristic curves to

estimate thermal coefficient of a thermsitor, zener diode.

CO 3: Determine the rigidity and determine frequency of an unknown electric

vibrator.

CO 4: Determine wavelength of unknown source, the width of narrow slits,

spacing Between close rulings using lasers and appreciate the accuracy in

measurements.

CO 5: Verify magnetic field along the axis of a circular coil.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K3) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

CO5 (K3) 1 - -

II Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171BS2L04 0 0 3 2



LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

(Any 10 of the following listed experiments)

1. Determination of wavelength of a source-Diffraction Grating-Normal incidence.

2. Newton’s rings – Radius of Curvature of Plano - Convex Lens.

3. Determination of thickness of a spacer using wedge film and parallel interference

fringes.

4. Determination of Rigidity modulus of a material- Torsional Pendulum.

5. Determination of Acceleration due to Gravity and Radius of Gyration- Compound

Pendulum.

6. Melde’s experiment – Transverse and Longitudinal modes.

7. Verification of laws of vibrations in stretched strings – Sonometer.

8. Determination of velocity of sound – Volume Resonator.

9. L- C- R Series Resonance Circuit.

10. Study of I/V Characteristics of Semiconductor diode.

11. I/V characteristics of Zener diode.

12. Characteristics of Thermistor – Temperature Coefficients.

13. Magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying coil – Stewart and Gee’s

apparatus.

14. Energy Band gap of a Semiconductor p - n junction.

15. Hall Effect in semiconductors.

16. Time constant of CR circuit.

17. Determination of wavelength of laser source using diffraction grating.

18. Determination of Young’s modulus by method of single cantilever oscillations.

19. Determination of lattice constant – lattice dimensions kit.

20. Determination of Planck’s constant using photocell.

21. Determination of surface tension of liquid by capillary rise method.

22. Polarimeter – Determination of specific rotation of sugar solution.

23. Single Slit – Determination of Slit width using laser or Determination of

Wavelength of laser.

Reference Books: 1. Engineering Physics Lab Manual by Dr.C.V.Madhusudhana Rao, V.Vasanth

Kumar, Scitech Publications. 2. Laboratory Manual Cum Record for Engineering Physics I & II by Dr.Y.Aparna,

Dr.K.Venkateswara Rao, VGS Technoseries.

****



ENGINEERING WORKSHOP & IT WORKSHOP


II Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171ES2L02 0 0 3 2

ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart hands-on practice on basic engineering trades and skills.

COB 2: To nurture the students to be able to build various joints used in different

trades used for various domestic and Industrial applications.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Construct the various wooden joints.

CO 2: Prepare the various fitting joints.

CO 3: Experiment with different shapes by black smithy.

CO 4: Develop components for making the various sheet metal models.

CO 5: Experiment with the various house wiring connections.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) - - -

CO2 (K3) - - -

CO3 (K3) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

CO5 (K3) 1 1 -

Trade:

Carpentry:

1. T-Lap Joint

2. Cross Lap Joint

3. Dovetail Joint

4. Mortise and Tenon Joint

Fitting:

1. Vee Fit

2. Square Fit

3. Half Round Fit

4. Dovetail Fit



Black Smithy:

1. Round rod to Square

2. S-Hook

3. Round Rod to Flat Ring

4. Round Rod to Square headed bolt

House Wiring:

1. Parallel / Series Connection of three bulbs

2. Stair Case wiring

3. Florescent Lamp Fitting

4. Measurement of Earth Resistance

Tin Smithy:

1. Taper Tray

2. Square Box without lid

3. Open Scoop

4. Funnel

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Workshop Dr. A. B. Srinivasa Rao, AMIGO Books.

2. Manual on Workshop practice by Dr. P.Kannaiah & Dr. K.L.Narayana, Scitech

publications.

IT WORKSHOP

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To nurture the students to identify the basic components of a computer.

COB 2: To demonstrate the process of assembling and disassembling of computer

parts.

COB 3: To explain the installation of operating systems.

COB 4: To make the students develop applications like spread sheet, documents,

presentation using the software like MS office, LATEX.

COB 5: To illustrate the usage of internet.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify various components and its functions.

CO 2: Apply the knowledge of computer peripherals in assembling,

disassembling and troubleshooting of personal computer.

CO 3: Experiment with installation of operating system and make the

computer ready to use.

CO 4: Prepare word documents, excel sheets and power point presentation.

CO 5: Develop LaTeX documents to handling equations and images

effectively.

CO 6: Make use of internet to enhance their technical skills.




CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1) 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -



CO1 (K1) - - -

CO2 (K3) - - 3

CO3 (K3) - - 3

CO4 (K3) - - 3

CO5 (K3) - - 3

CO6 (K3) 1 1 3

Exercise 1: Identification of peripherals of a computer Block diagram of the CPU along with the configuration of the each peripheral and its

functions.

Exercise 2: System Assembling and Disassembling Disassembling the components of a PC and assemble them back to working condition.

Exercise 3: Installation of softwares

Installation of operating Systems: Windows, Linux along with necessary Device Drivers,

Installation of application softwares and Tools.

Exercise 4: Troubleshooting (Demonstration)

Hardware Troubleshooting: Identification of a problem and fixing a defective PC Software

Troubleshooting: Identification of a problem and fixing the PC for any software issues.

Exercise 5:Network Configuration and Internet Configuring TCP/IP, proxy and firewall settings, Internet and World Wide Web-Search

Engines, Types of search engines, netiquette, cyber hygiene.

Exercise 6: MS-Office / Open Office

a. Word - Formatting, Page Borders, Reviewing, Equations, symbols.

b. Spread Sheet - organize data, usage of formula, graphs and charts.

c. Power point - features of power point, guidelines for preparing an effective

Presentation.

d. Access- creation of database, validate data.

Exercise 7:LaTeX

LaTeX - basic formatting, handling equations and images.



Reference Books:

1. Computer Hardware, Installation, Interfacing, Troubleshooting and Maintenance,

K.L. James, Eastern Economy Edition.

2. Microsoft Office 2007: Introductory Concepts and Techniques, Windows XP

Edition by Gary B. Shelly, Misty E. Vermaat and Thomas J. Cashman (2007,

Paperback).

3. LATEX- User’s Guide and Reference manual, Leslie Lamport, Pearson, LPE, 2/e.

4. Scott Mueller’s Upgrading and Repairing PCs, 18/e, Scott. Mueller, QUE, Pearson,

2008.

5. The Complete Computer upgrade and repair book, 3/e, Cheryl A Schmidt, Dream

tech.

6. Comdex Information Technology course tool kit Vikas Gupta, WILEY Dream tech.

7. Introduction to Information Technology, ITL Education Solutions limited, Pearson

Education.

Web Links:

1. https://assembleyourpc.net

2. https://lifehacker.com

3. http://www.teachmsoffice.com

4. https://www.latex-tutorial.com/tutorials

****

https://assembleyourpc.net/

https://lifehacker.com/

http://www.teachmsoffice.com/

https://www.latex-tutorial.com/tutorials/



ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS-II

III Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the students acquire the basic concepts of three phase circuits.

COB 2: To enable the students study the importance of transients in Electrical

systems.

COB 3: To educate the students with the basic knowledge of Network parameters

of Electrical network.

COB 4: To enable the students study the realization of electrical network function

into electrical equivalent passive elements.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Explain the importance of three phase circuits with Star& Delta connected

balanced and unbalanced loads.

CO 2: Analyze the transient behaviour of electrical networks for DC excitations.

CO 3: Analyze the transient behaviour of electrical networks for AC excitations.

CO 4: Obtain the various network parameters for the given two port networks.

CO 5: Realization of electrical networks into different forms.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO3(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO4(K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -


CO/PSO PSO 1 (K5) PSO 2 (K5) PSO 3 (K3)

CO1(K2) - - 2

CO2(K4) 2 2 3

CO3(K4) 2 2 3

CO4(K4) 2 2 3

CO5(K4) 2 2 3

UNIT-I

Three Phase circuits: Phase sequence- star and delta connection - relation between line

and phase voltages and currents - analysis of balanced three phase circuits - measurement

of active and reactive power. Analysis of three phase unbalanced circuits: Loop method,

Star-Delta transformation technique, Millman’s Theorem, Two wattmeter methods for

measurement of three phase power.



UNIT-II

Transient Analysis in DC circuits: Transient response of R-L, R-C, and R-L circuits of

DC excitation, Solutions using Differential equations and Laplace Transforms.

UNIT-III

Transient Analysis in AC circuits: Transient response of R-L, R-C, and R-L circuits of

AC excitation, Solutions using Differential equations and Laplace Transforms.

UNIT-IV

Two Port Networks: Two Port network parameters-Z, Y, ABCD and Hybrid parameters

and their relations, Cascaded networks. Poles and zeros of network functions.

UNIT-V

Network Synthesis: Positive real functions, Hurwitz polynomials, Realization of passive

RL, RC and LC networks using Foster and Cauer forms.

Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits by Charles K. Alexander, Matthew N.O. Sadiku,

McGraw-Hill Publications, 6th Edition, July 2017.

2. Engineering Circuit Analysis by Hayt, W. H, Kemmerly J. E. & Durbin, McGraw

Hill Publications, 8th Edition, August 2013.

Reference Books:

1. Electric Circuits - Schaum's Outline Series, Joseph. A. Edminister, McGraw-Hill

Publications, 5th Edition, July 2017.

2. Network Analysis and Synthesis, Ravish R Singh, McGraw-Hill publications,

July,2017

3. Network Theory: Analysis and Synthesis, Smarajit Ghosh, PHI publications, July

2005.

4. Circuit Theory: Analysis and Synthesis, Abhijit Chakrabarti, Dhanpat rai &co,

January 2017.

5. Electrical circuit theory and Technology, John Bird, Routledge, March 2017.

Web links:

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/three-phase-circuit-star-and-delta-system.

2. https://www.electrical4u.com/relationship-of-line-and-phase-voltages-and-currents-

in-a-star.

3. https://www.electrical4u.com/advantages-of-three-phase-system-over-single-phase-

system.

4. https://www.electrical4u.com/electric-power-single-and-three-phase.

5. https://www.electrical4u.com/measurement-of-three-phase-power.



ELECTRICAL MACHINES – I

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To equip the student with knowledge of the unifying principles of

electromagnetic energy conversion.

COB 2: To enable the students study the construction, principle of operation and

performance of DC machines.

COB 3: To facilitate the usage of the characteristics, performance, methods of speed

control and testing methods of DC motors.

COB 4: To demonstrate the students estimate the performance of single phase

transformers with equivalent circuit models by conducting OC and SC test.

COB 5: To help the students acquire the three phase transformers and achieve three

phase to two phase conversion.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Explain the concepts of electromechanical energy conversion.

CO 2: Evaluate the ill-effects of armature reaction in dc machines.

CO 3: Determine the torque production mechanism and control the speed of dc motors.

CO 4: Analyze the performance of single phase transformers by regulation, losses and

efficiency

CO 5: Inspect the parallel transformers, control voltages with tap changing methods

and achieve three-phase to two-phase transformer.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2 ) - - 2

CO2 (K5) 3 3 3

CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3

CO4 (K4 ) 3 2 3

CO5 (K4 ) 3 2 3





UNIT-I

Electro Mechanical Energy Conversion: Principles of electromechanical energy

conversion – Energy, Co-energy – Forces of electromagnetic origin – Single and multiple

excited magnetic field system – Elementary concepts of rotating machines – mmf of

distributed winding - Rotating magnetic field – Torque – Magnetic Leakage.

UNIT- II

DC Generator: DC Generator- Construction – Lap and wave winding – emf equation-

excitation and types of generators- Characteristics - armature reaction-methods of

improving commutation- testing power flow diagram-Applications.

UNIT-III

DC Motor: DC Motor-torque equation – types-back emf and voltage equations-

characteristics- Starting Speed control- testing-direct, indirect and regenerative tests-Power

flow and efficiency separation of losses-retardation test

UNIT-IV

Single Phase Transformer: Transformers Types and constructional details - principle of

operation - emf equation - operation on no load and on load – lagging, leading and UNIT

y power factors loads - phasor diagrams of transformers – equivalent circuit – regulation –

losses and efficiency – effect of variation of frequency and supply voltage on losses – All

day efficiency.

UNIT-V

Single-Phase Transformers Testing: Tests on single phase transformers – open circuit

and short circuit tests – Sumpner’s test – separation of losses – parallel operation with

equal voltage ratios – auto transformer - equivalent circuit – comparison with two winding

transformers.

3-Phase Transformer: Poly phase connections - Y/Y, Y/∆, ∆/Y, ∆/∆ and open ∆ -- Third

harmonics in phase voltages - three winding transformers: determination of Zp, Zs and Zt -

- transients in switching - off load and on load tap changers -- Scott connection.

Text Books:

1. Electrical Machines – P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers, 7th edition, 2011.

2. Electric Machinery by A.E.Fitzgerald, Charleskingsley, Stephen D.Umans, TMH,

6th edition, 2002.

Reference Books:

1. Electrical Machines by D. P.Kothari, I .J .Nagarth, Mc Graw Hill Publications, 4th

edition, 2004.

2. Electrical Machines by R.K.Rajput, Lakshmi publications, 4th edition, 2006.

3. Electrical Machinery by AbijithChakrabarthi and SudhiptaDebnath,McGraw Hill

education, 1st edition,2015.

4. Electrical Machinery Fundamentals by Stephen J Chapman McGraw Hill

education, 5th edition, 2017.

5. Electric Machines by Mulukutla S.Sarma & Mukeshk. Pathak, CENGAGE

Learning.2nd edition, 2017.

6. Theory & Performance of Electrical Machines by J.B.Guptha. S.K.Kataria & Sons,

1st edition.2013.



Web Links:


2. http://www.ncert.nic.in/html/learning_basket/electricity/electricity/machine/machin

e_content.htm

3. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/41/electrical-machine-1


http://www.ncert.nic.in/html/learning_basket/electricity/electricity/machine/machine_content.htm


https://lecturenotes.in/subject/41/electrical-machine-1



BASIC ELECTRONICS DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To educate the students to understand the physical construction, working and

operational characteristics of Semiconductor devices.

COB 2 : To impart the concepts of p-n junction diode and special diodes.

COB 3 : To make the students to study the working principle and characteristics of

Bipolar Junction Transistor and Field Effect Transistor

COB 4 : To make the students to study the working principle and characteristics of

Bipolar Junction Transistor and Field Effect Transistor

COB 5 : To familiarize the students with the analysis and design of basic transistor

amplifier circuits, feedback amplifiers and oscillators

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Apply the fundamental principle of quantum mechanics and Solid State Physics

to understand the parameters of semiconductor materials

CO 2: Classify the operation and principle characteristics of different types of diodes

CO 3: Analyze rectifiers, filters and regulators using p-n junction diode

CO 4: Identify various transistor configurations, different biasing, and stabilization

techniques in transistor circuits

CO 5: Explain the concept and operation of Feedback Amplifiers, Power Amplifier

Circuits

CO 6: Determine the frequency of oscillations of different types of oscillators


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K4) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K4) 3 3 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO6(K5) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K3) 1 - -

CO 2(K2) - - -

CO 3(K4) 2 - -

CO 4(K3) 1 - -

CO 5(K4) 2 - -

CO 6(K5) 3 - -





UNIT-I

Review of Semi-Conductor Physics: Insulators, Semiconductors, and Metals

classification using Energy Band Diagrams, Mobility and Conductivity, Electrons and

holes in Intrinsic Semiconductors, Extrinsic Semi-Conductor, (P and N Type

semiconductor) Hall effect, Generation and Recombination of Charges, Diffusion,

Continuity Equation, Injected Minority Carriers, Law of Junction, Introduction to fermi

level in Intrinsic, Extrinsic semi conductors with necessary mathematics

UNIT-II

Junction Diode Characteristics: Operation and characteristics of p-n junction diode.

Current components in p-n diode, diode equation. Temperature dependence on V–I

characteristic, diffusion capacitance and diode resistance (static and dynamic), energy

band diagram of p-n diode.

Special Diodes: Avalanche and Zener break down, Zener characteristics, tunnel diode,

characteristics with the help of energy band diagrams, Varactor diode, LED, PIN diode,

Photo diode

UNIT-III

Rectifiers and Regulators: Half wave rectifier, ripple factor, full wave rectifier (with and

without transformer), harmonic components in a rectifier circuit, inductor filter, capacitor

filter, and comparison of various filter circuits in terms of ripple factors. Simple circuit of a

regulator using Zener diode. Types of regulators-series and shunt voltage regulators,

overload voltage protection

UNIT-IV

Transistors: Junction transistor, transistor current components, transistor as an amplifier

and switch. Characteristics of transistor (CE, CB and CC configurations). Transistor

biasing and thermal stabilization (to fixed bias, collector to base bias, self bias).

Compensation against variation in base emitter voltage and collector current, Thermal

runaway. Hybrid model of transistor. Analysis of transistor amplifier using h-parameters.

Basics of FET-Enhancement and depletion mode transfer and drain characteristics.

UNIT-V

Amplifiers and oscillators: Feedback Amplifiers -classification, feedback concept,

transfer gain and general characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers, effect of feedback

on input and output resistances. Methods of analysis of feedback amplifiers.

Power Amplifiers – Classification, push-pull amplifiers, Introduction to harmonics

(distortion factor).

Oscillators – Condition for oscillation, RC-phase shift oscillator. Wein bridge oscillator,

Crystal oscillator. Frequency and amplitude stability of oscillator.

Text Books:

1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. Millman, C. C. Halkias, Tata Mc-Graw Hill

2. Electronic Principles, Albert Paul Malvino, Tata Mcgraw Hill,2002

3. Jacob Millman and Arvind Grabel, “Microelectronics,” Mc Graw hill, New York,

2008.

4. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R.L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky,

Pearson/Prentice Hall, 9thEdition, 2006



Reference Books:

1. Microelectronic circuits:analysis and design ,3rd edition,Muhammad H.Rashid,

cengage publications.

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits by David A. Bell, Oxford University Press

3. Electronic Devices, Thomas Floyd, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2003

4. Electronic Devices and Circuits – Salivahanan, Kumar, Vallavaraj, TATA

McGraw Hill, Second Edition

Web links: 1. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/

2. http://www.deas.harvard.edu/courses/es154/



***

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/

http://www.deas.harvard.edu/courses/es154/





ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS

Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To assist the students to study the production of electric fields and

potentials due to different charge configurations.

COB 2 : To enable the students to learn the properties of conductors and dielectrics,

calculate the capacitance of various configurations.

COB 3 : To illustrate the production of the magnetic fields by currents in different

configurations.

COB 4 : To help the students to acquire knowledge over the magnetic force, torque

through Lorentz force equation and concept of self and mutual inductance.

COB 5 : To facilitate the students to learn time varying fields, Maxwell’s equations

in different forms.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Apply the laws of Electrostatics to calculate force, electric field intensity.

CO 2 : Analyze the behavior of materials in electric field , calculation and design

of capacitance and energy stored in the dielectrics.

CO 3 : Apply the laws of Magneto-statics to calculate field intensity.

CO 4 : Determine the magnetic forces, Self and Mutual inductances and energy

stored in the magnetic field.

CO 5 : Analyze the concepts of Faraday’s laws, displacement current and poynting

vector.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K4) 3 - 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K5) 2 - 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K4) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K3) 1 - -

CO 2(K4) - 2 3

CO 3(K3) 1 - -

CO 4(K5) - 3 2

CO 5(K4) - 2 -

UNIT I

Electrostatics: A review of Co-Ordinate Systems-Electrostatic Fields – Coulomb‘s Law –

Electric Field Intensity (EFI) – EFI due to a line and a surface charge – Work done in

moving a point charge in an electrostatic field – Electric Potential – Properties of potential

function – Potential gradient – Guass‘s law – Maxwell‘s first law, div( D )=𝜌v, Laplace‘s

and Poison‘s equations – Solution of Laplace‘s equation in one variable.





UNIT-II

Conductors - Dielectric & Capacitance: Electric dipole – Dipole moment – potential

and EFI due to an electric dipole – Torque on an Electric dipole in an electric field –

Behavior of conductors in an electric field – Conductors and Insulators. Polarization -

Boundary conditions between conduction to dielectric and dielectric to dielectrics.

Capacitance – Capacitance of parallel plate and spherical and co-axial cables with

composite dielectrics – Energy stored and energy density in a static electric field – Current

density – conduction and Convection current densities – Ohm‘s law in point form –

Equation of continuity.

UNIT-III

Magneto Statics & Ampere’s law: Static magnetic fields – Biot-Savart‘s law – Oesterd‘s

experiment - Magnetic field intensity (MFI) – MFI due to a straight current carrying

filament – MFI due to circular, square and solenoid current Carrying wire – Relation

between magnetic flux, magnetic flux density and MFI – Maxwell‘s second Equation,

div(B)=0. Ampere‘s circuital law and its applications viz. MFI due to an infinite sheet of

current and a long filament current carrying conductor - Point form of Ampere‘s circuital

law – Maxwell‘s third equation, Curl (H)=J,

UNIT-IV

Force in Magnetic fields: Moving charges in a Magnetic field – Lorentz force equation –

force on a current element in a magnetic field – Force on a straight and a long current

carrying conductor in a magnetic field – Force between two straight long and parallel

current carrying conductors – Magnetic dipole and dipole moment – a differential current

loop as a magnetic dipole – Torque on a current loop placed in a magnetic field.

Self and Mutual inductance: Self and Mutual inductance – determination of self-

inductance of a solenoid and toroid and mutual inductance between a straight long wire

and a square loop wire in the same plane – energy stored and density in a magnetic field.

UNIT-V

Time Varying Fields: Time varying fields – Faraday‘s laws of electromagnetic induction – Maxwell’s equitions

in integral and point form – Maxwell‘s fourth equation, Curl (E)=-∂B/∂t – Statically and

Dynamically induced EMFs – Simple problems -Modification of Maxwell‘s equations for

time varying fields – Displacement current – Poynting Theorem and Poynting vector.

Text Books:

1. “Engineering Electromagnetics”, William H. Hayt & John. A. Buck, 8th Edition,

Mc. Graw – Hill Companies.

2. “Electro Magnetic Fields”, Sadiku, 6th Edition, Oxford Publications.

3. “Introduction to Electro Dynamics”‖ by D J Griffiths, Prentice-Hall of India

Pvt.Ltd, 4th edition.

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Electromagnetic by Nathan Ida, springer, 3nd edition.

2. “Electromagnetic Fields”, K.B.Madhu Sahu, Scitech, 2nd edition.

3. ”Electromagnetic Field Theory” by Yaduvir Singh, Pearson.

4. “Fundamentals of Engineering Electromagnetics by Sunil Bhooshan, Oxford higher

Education.



Web Links:


2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117103065/

3. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/115101005/

***


https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117103065/

http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/115101005/



THERMAL AND HYDRO PRIME MOVERS

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the students to understand the basics concept of thermodynamics

and I.C. engines

COB 2: To get an overview of steam power plant.

COB 3: To impart the knowledge of the gas turbines

COB 4: To perceive the basic principles of impact jets and on various pumps

COB 5: To make the students know the importance of hydraulic power plant.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Explain the working principles and basic functioning of I.C. engines and

their performances.

CO 2: Evaluate the functioning and performance of thermal power plant.

CO 3: Distinguish the advantage of Gas turbines over various other prime movers.

CO 4: Discuss the working principles of different types of hydraulic turbines.

CO 5: Illustrate the working principle of centrifugal and reciprocating pumps.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K3)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2 )

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO2 (K5) 3 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO3 (K4) 3 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - 3 - - - - -


PSO PSO 1(K5) PSO 2(K5) PSO 3(K3)

CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K5) - 3 -

CO3 (K4) - 2 -

CO4 (K2) - - -

CO5 (K3) - 1 -

UNIT-I

Basics of Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic Systems and State, Process, and Cycle.

Laws of Thermodynamics (statements only) - First Law of Thermodynamics and analysis

of various thermodynamic processes.

Internal Combustion Engines: Classification, working principles – Valve and Port

timing diagrams – Air standard cycles – Engine systems line fuel injection, Carburetion,

Ignition, Cooling and Lubrication– Engine performance evaluation.





UNIT-II

Vapour Power Cycles: Carnot cycle, Rankine cycle, Thermodynamic variables effecting

efficiency and output of Rankine cycle, Analysis of simple Rankine cycle and Re-heat

cycle.

Steam Turbines: Schematic layout of steam power plant, Classification of Steam

Turbines-Impulse Turbine and Reaction Turbine- Compounding in Turbines- Velocity

Diagrams for simple Impulse and Reaction Turbines- Work done and efficiency.

UNIT –III

Gas Turbines: Simple gas turbine plant-Ideal cycle, closed cycle -open cycle-. Efficiency,

Work ratio and optimum pressure ratio for simple gas turbine cycle. Actual cycle, Analysis

of simple cycles with inter Cooling, Reheating and Regeneration.

UNIT-IV

Impact of Jets And Pumps: Impulse momentum equation, Impact of Jet on stationary and

moving vanes (flat and curved).

Pumps: Types of pumps, Centrifugal pump and Reciprocating Pump: Main components,

working principle, Multi stage pumps, Performance and characteristic curves.

UNIT-V

Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of turbines; Working principle, Efficiency calculation

and Design principles for Pelton Wheel, Francis and Kaplan turbines, Governing of

turbines, Performance and characteristic curves. Site selection and layout of Hydro-

electric power plant; Components of Hydro- electric power plant.

Text Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machinery, Sukumar Pati, Tata Mc-Graw hill, New

Delhi, 2nd editon.

2. Thermal Engineering, Rajput, Lakshmi publications, New Delhi, 8th edition.

3. Thermal engineering, M.M Rathore, Tata Mc-Graw hill, New Delhi, 1st edition.

Reference Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics, Victor.L.Streeter, Tata McGraw-Hill publication, New Delhi, 2nd

edtion,

2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Edward .J. Shaughnessy Jr., Oxford university

press, UK, 3rd edition.

3. Fluid Mechanics & Its Applications, Vijay Gupta, Santhosh.k.Gupta, New

Academic Science, UK, 3rd edition.

4. Fluid Mechanics & Fluid power Engineering, Dr D.S.Kumar, Kataria, New Delhi,

8th edition.



Web Links:








MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS (Common to EEE, ME, ECE, CSE & IT)



Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To equip the students with the basic inputs of managerial economics and

demand concepts.

COB 2 : To understand the nature of markets, Methods of Pricing in the different market

structures and to know the different forms of Business organization and the

concept of Business Cycles.

COB 3 : To impart the knowledge on production theories, its factors and cost analysis.

COB 4 : To make the students take optimal decisions and acquiring the knowledge on

financial accounting and its analysis.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Explain the Managerial Economic concepts for decision making and forward

planning.

CO 2 : Illustrate the law of demand and its exceptions, to use different forecasting

methods for predicting demand for various products and services. CO 3 : Identify the cost behavior, costs useful for managerial decision making and Break Even

Point (BEP) of an enterprise.

CO 4 : Outline the different types of business organizations along with basic knowledge on

business cycle.

CO 5 : Make use of the process & principles of accounting and prepare Journal, Ledger, Trial

Balance, Trading A/c., Profit & Loss A/c. and Balance Sheet of an enterprise.

CO 6 : Utilize various techniques on investment project proposals with the help of

capital budgeting techniques for decision making.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - - - -

CO 2(K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 3(K3) - - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO 4(K2) - - - - - - - - - - - 3

CO 5(K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 6(K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -


OC/PSO PSO 1 (K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K4)

CO 1(K2) - - -

CO 2(K2) - - 1

CO 3(K3) - - 2

CO 4(K2) - - 1

CO 5(K3) - - 2

CO 6(K3) 3 - -



UNIT-I

Introduction to Managerial Economics and demand Analysis: Definition of

Managerial Economics –Scope of Managerial Economics and its relationship with other

subjects –Concept of Demand, Types of Demand, Determinants of Demand- Demand

schedule, Demand curve, Law of Demand and its limitations- Elasticity of Demand, Types

of Elasticity of Demand and Measurement- Demand forecasting and Methods of

forecasting

UNIT – II

Production and Cost Analyses: Concept of Production function- Cobb-Douglas

Production function – Law of Variable proportions-Isoquants and Isocosts and choice of

least cost factor combination-Concepts of Returns to scale and Economies of scale-

Different cost concepts: opportunity costs, explicit and implicit costs- Fixed costs,

Variable Costs and Total costs – Cost –Volume-Profit analysis-Determination of

Breakeven point(simple problems)- Managerial significance and limitations of Breakeven

point.

UNIT – III

Introduction to Markets, Pricing Policies & Types of Business Organization and

Business Cycles: Market Structures: Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic

competition and Oligopoly – Features – Price and Output Determination – Methods of

Pricing: Average cost pricing, Limit Pricing, Market Skimming Pricing, and Internet

Pricing: Flat Rate Pricing, Usage sensitive pricing and Priority Pricing. Features and

Evaluation of Sole Trader, Partnership, Joint Stock Company – State/Public Enterprises

and their forms – Business Cycles : Meaning and Features – Phases of Business Cycle.

UNIT – IV

Introduction to Accounting & Financing Analysis: Introduction to Double Entry

Systems – Preparation of Financial Statements-Analysis and Interpretation of Financial

Statements-Ratio Analysis

UNIT – V

Capital and Capital Budgeting: Capital Budgeting: Meaning of Capital-Capitalization-

Meaning of Capital Budgeting-Time value of money- Methods of appraising Project

profitability: Traditional Methods (payback period, accounting rate of return) and modern

methods(Discounted cash flow method, Net Present Value method, Internal Rate of Return

Method and Profitability Index)

Text Books:

1. A R Aryasri, “Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis”, 4th Edition, TMH

Publication, 2012.

2. S A Siddiqui & A. S. Siddiqui “Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis”,

1st Edition, New Age Publishers, 2012.



Reference Books:

1. Dominick Salvatore, “Managerial Economics: Principles and Worldwide

Applications”, 7th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2012.

2. Ramachandran N, Ram Kumar Kakani, “Financial Accounting for Management”,

2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.

3. D N Dwivedi, “Managerial Economics”, 8th Edition, PHI Publication, 2010.

4. S P Jain & KL Narang, “Cost and Management Accounting”, 3rd Edition, Kalyani

Publishers, 2004.

Web links: 1. www.managementstudyguide.com

2. www.tutorialspoint.com

3. http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7277/9/08_chapter%202

***

http://www.managementstudyguide.com/

http://www.tutorialspoint.com/

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7277/9/08_chapter%202



THERMAL AND HYDRO PRIME MOVERS LAB

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the student learn about the constructional features and operational

details of various types of internal combustion engines.

COB 2: To make the student learn about the constructional features, operational

details of various types of hydraulic turbines

COB 3:

To practice the student about the fundamental of fluid dynamic equations

and its applications fluid jets.

COB 4:

To train the student in the areas of types of hydro electric power plants,

estimation and calculation of different loads by considering various factors.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Calculate constant speed and variable speed on IC engines and interpret

their performance.

CO 2: Estimate energy distribution by conducting heat balance test on IC engines

CO 3: Explain procedure for standardization of experiments.

CO 4: Determine flow discharge measuring device used in pipes channels and

tanks.

CO 5: Determine fluid and flow properties.

CO 6: Compute drag coefficients.

CO 7: Test the performance of pumps and turbines


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4 )

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO 11

(K3)

PO 12

(K3)

CO1(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - 3 3 -

CO2(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - 3 2 -

CO3(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - 3 2 -

CO4(K5) 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 -

CO5(K5) 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 -

CO6(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - 3 3 -

CO7(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - 3 3 -



CO1(K3) - - -

CO2(K2) - - -

CO3(K2) - - -

CO4(K5) - - -

CO5(K5) - - -

CO6(K3) - - -

CO7(K3) - 2 -


Course Code:171ES3L04 0 0 3 2



Section A:

Thermal Engineering Lab

Week 1. 1.To draw valve / port timing diagrams of I.C. Engines.

Week 2. 2.To conduct performance test on 4 -stroke Diesel engine.

Week 3. 3.To conduct performance test on 2-stroke petrol engine.

Week 4. 4.To evaluate engine friction by conducting Morse test on 4-stroke multi

cylinder petrol engine.

Week 5. 5.To determine the FHP by retardation and motoring test on IC engine.

Week 6. 6.To conduct heat balance test on petrol / Diesel engines.

List of Argument Experiments (Week 13 – Week 14)

(Any one of the following experiments can be performed)

13. To conduct Economical speed test of an IC engine.

14. To study the performance of types of boilers.

Section B:

Hydraulic Machines Lab

Week 7. 7.To study Impact of jets on Vanes.

Week 8. 8.To conduct Performance Test on Pelton Wheel.

Week 9. 9.To conduct Performance Test on Francis Turbine.

Week 10. 10.To conduct Performance Test on Kaplan Turbine.

Week 11. 11.To conduct Performance Test on Single Stage Centrifugal Pump.

Week 12. 12.To conduct Performance Test on Reciprocating Pump.

List of Argument Experiments (Week 15 – Week 16)

(Any one of the following experiments can be performed)

15. To determine coefficient of discharge of a given Venturimeter.

16. To determine coefficient of discharge of a given Orifice meter.

17. To determine loss of head due to sudden contraction in a pipeline.

Reference Books:

1. Thermal Engineering by Rajput, Lakshmi publications,8th Edition.

2. Thermal Engineering, R.S.Khurmi & J.S.Gupta, S.Chand Publication, 15th Edition.

3. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics machines, Dr R.K.Bansal,laxmi publications, 9th

Edition 4. Thermal Engineering, PL Ballaney, Khanna Publishers, 25th Edition.

Web Links






****



ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS LAB


Course Code: 171EE3L01 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To design electrical systems

COB 2 : To analyze a given network by applying various Network Theorems

COB 3 : To measure three phase Active and Reactive power

COB 4 : To understand the locus diagrams

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Analyze complex DC and AC linear circuits

CO 2: Apply concepts of electrical circuits across engineering

CO 3: Evaluate response in a given network by using theorems

CO 4: Determine self and mutual inductance of a magnetic circuit


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K5) 3 - - 3 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K5) - - 3 3 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K4) 1 1 3

CO2 (K3) 1 1 3

CO3 (K5) 3 3 3

CO4 (K5) 3 3 3

List of experiments

Week 1. 1.To verify the Thevenin’s and Norton’s Theorems for a given circuit.

Week 2. 2.To verify the Superposition and Maximum Power Transfer theorems for

the given circuit

Week 3. 3.To determine locus diagrams for RL and RC Series Circuits.

Week 4. 4.To find the Resonance frequency, bandwidth, Quality factor in R-L-C

series and parallel circuits.

Week 5. 5.To find Z and Y parameters of a given two port network.

Week 6. 6.To find ABCD and H parameters of a given two port network.

Week 7. 7.To separate the Self and mutual inductances of a coupled circuit and there

by determination of Co efficient of Coupling.

Week 8. 8.To verify the Reciprocity and Milliman’s theorems for the given circuit.

Week 9. 9.To verify the compensation theorem for the given circuit.

Week 10. 10.Measurement of Active Power for Star and Delta connected balanced

loads.



Week 11. 11.To obtain the B-H curve for a magnetic material.

Week 12. 12.Simulation of customized circuit and validate all the above network

theorems.

List of Augmented experiments (Week 13 – Week16)

(Any two of the following experiments can be performed)

13. To determine Reactive Power using one wattmeter method.

14. Simulation of 3 Phase balanced and unbalanced system.

15. Simulation of 3 Phase power measurement.

16. Transient of series RLC circuit using step input using MATLAB.

Reference Books:

1. Electric Circuits - Schaum's Outline Series, Joseph. A. Edminister, McGraw-Hill

Publications, 6th Edition.

2. Network Analysis and Synthesis, Ravish R Singh, McGraw-Hill publications.

3. Network Theory: Analysis and Synthesis, Smarajit Ghosh, PHI publications.

4. Circuit Theory: Analysis and Synthesis, Abhijit Chakrabarti, Dhanpat rai & co.

Web links:

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/three-phase-circuit-star-and-delta-system.

2. https://www.electrical4u.com/relationship-of-line-and-phase-voltages-and-

currents-in-a-star.

3. https://www.electrical4u.com/advantages-of-three-phase-system-over-single-

phase-system.

4. https://www.electrical4u.com/electric-power-single-and-three-phase.

5. https://www.electrical4u.com/measurement-of-three-phase-power.

***



PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES

(Common to All Branches)

Semester III L T P C

Course Code: 171HS3A09 2 0 0 0

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To demonstrate ethical Theories to students.

COB 2: To paraphrase human rights and quote examples on values and morals.

COB 3: To infer ethical thinking abilities through experimental learning.

COB 4: To help an engineer to identify what is wrong and right in engineering

profession.

COB 5: To prepare an engineer personally and professionally with ethics.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Make use of values, morals and ethics in their day to day life.

CO 2: Identify what is right and wrong through moral ethics.

CO 3: Analyze experimental learning while developing the society with ethos.

CO 4: Apply ethical principles to resolve the problems that arise in work place.

CO 5: Apply adequate knowledge on global code of conduct.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K3)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K5)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K3)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K3)

PO 10

(K3)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K3)

CO1 (K1) 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 (K1) 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO3 (K2) 2 1 2 - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 (K3) 3 2 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 (K3) 3 2 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3



CO 1(K1) - - 1

CO 2(K1) - - 1

CO 3(K3) 1 1 3

CO 4(K3) 1 1 3

CO 5(K3) 1 1 3

UNIT-I

Human Values: Morals, Values and Ethics – Integrity –Trustworthiness - Work Ethics –

Service Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for others – Living Peacefully – Caring –

Sharing – Honesty –Courage – Value Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy –

Self-confidence – Spirituality- Character.

UNIT-II

Principles for Harmony: Truthfulness – Customs and Traditions -Value Education –

Human Dignity – Human Rights – Fundamental Duties - Aspirations and Harmony (I, We

& Nature) – Gender Bias - Emotional Intelligence – Salovey – Mayer Model – Emotional

Competencies – Conscientiousness.



UNIT-III:

Engineering Ethics and Social Experimentation: History of Ethics - Need of

Engineering Ethics - Senses of Engineering Ethics- Profession and Professionalism ––Self

Interest - Moral Autonomy – Utilitarianism – Virtue Theory - Uses of Ethical Theories -

Deontology- Types of Inquiry –Kohlberg’s Theory - Gilligan’s Argument –Heinz’s

Dilemma - Comparison with Standard Experiments –– Learning from the Past –Engineers

as Managers – Consultants and Leaders – Balanced Outlook on Law - Role of Codes –

Codes and Experimental Nature of Engineering.

UNIT-IV:

Engineers’ Responsibilities towards Safety and Risk: Concept of Safety - Safety and

Risk – Types of Risks – Voluntary v/sInvoluntary Risk – Consequences - Risk Assessment

– Accountability – Liability - Reversible Effects - Threshold Levels of Risk - Delayed

v/sImmediate Risk - Safety and the Engineer – Designing for Safety – Risk-Benefit

Analysis-Accidents.

UNIT-V:

Engineers’ Duties and Rights: Concept of Duty - Professional Duties – Collegiality -

Techniques for Achieving Collegiality – Senses of Loyalty - Consensus and Controversy -

Professional and Individual Rights –Confidential and Proprietary Information - Conflict of

Interest-Ethical egoism - Collective Bargaining – Confidentiality - Gifts and Bribes -

Problem solving-Occupational Crimes- Industrial Espionage- Price Fixing-Whistle

Blowing Globalization and MNCs –Cross Culture Issues.

Text Books:

1. A Text Book on professional Ethics and human – R.S.Naagarazan

2. Professional Ethics and human values by – M.P.Raghavan’s – scitech publications

(Indian Pvt., 2013)

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Ethics & Human Values by M.Govindarajan, S.Natarajan and

V.S.SenthilKumar-PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd – 2009.

2. Human Values And Professional Ethics by Jayshree Suresh and B. S. Raghavan,

S.Chand Publications.

3. Professional Ethics and Human Values by Prof.D.R.Kiran-Tata McGraw-Hill –

2013.

4. Engineering Ethics by Harris, Pritchard and Rabins, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.

Web Links:

1. nptel.ac.in/courses/109104068

2. https://www.reelnreel.com/roles-and-responsibilities-of-a-typical-video-engineer/


4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122106031/Pdfs/2_1.pdf

****

https://www.reelnreel.com/roles-and-responsibilities-of-a-typical-video-engineer/



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - I




Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2 : To ensure the students secure placements.

COB 3 : To make the students feel comfortable to face several competitive

examinations with confidence and competence.

COB 4 : To make the student more likely to be employed.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Identify the number and letter series techniques in different models.

CO 2 : Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.

CO 3 : Compare the different types of number and letter analogy models.

CO 4 : Transfer the different models of coded elements to decoded elements

CO 5 : Ignite creative thinking abilities.

CO 6 : Identify the direction and distance of the objects.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 6(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K1) - - -

CO 2(K2) - - -

CO 3(K2) - - -

CO 4(K3) - 1 -

CO 5(K3) - 1 -

CO 6(K3) - 1 -

UNIT-I

Aptitude: Number series

Soft Skills: Importance-Changing Industry Needs English ,Functional Grammar–

Significance, Articles Usage of A, An, The Definition –rules-examples , Prepositions

Definition - Importance - types - usage - rules



UNIT-II

Aptitude: Number Analogy

Soft Skills: Tenses, Voice- Importance - Definitions - usage - rules - types - structures-

signal words - examples

UNIT-III

Aptitude: Letter series, Letter Analogy

Soft Skills: Speech Definition - importance - conversion rules - usage - structures -

examples

UNIT-IV

Aptitude: Coding & Decoding

Soft Skills: Creative product speaking, Auxiliaries A. Primary B. Secondary

UNIT-V

Aptitude: Direction Test

Soft Skills: Sentences –simple, complex, compound, Sentence Improvement,

Text Books:

1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning- Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND

2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND

Reference Books

1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning- S CHAND

2. Logical Reasoning –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications

Web Links

1. www.indiabix.com

2. https://www.indianstudyhub.com

****

http://www.indiabix.com/



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS – I (Revised Syllabus for batches admitted from 2018 - 2019)




Course Objectives:

COB 1: To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2: To ensure the students secure placements.

COB 3: To make the students feel comfortable to face several competitive


COB 4: To make the student more likely to be employed.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify the number and letter series techniques in different models.

CO 2: Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.

CO 3: Compare the different types of number and letter analogy models.

CO 4: Transfer the different models of coded elements to decoded elements.

CO 5: Ignite creative thinking abilities.

CO 6: Identify the direction and distance of the objects.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 6(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -


CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO 1(K1) - - - 1

CO 2(K2) - 1 - -

CO 3(K2) - - - 2

CO 4(K3) - - - 3

CO 5(K3) - - - 3

CO 6(K3) - - - -

UNIT-I

Aptitude: Number series

Soft Skills: Importance-Changing Industry Needs English, Functional Grammar–

Significance, Articles Usage of A, An, The Definition –rules-examples , Prepositions

Definition - Importance - types - usage - rules



UNIT-II

Aptitude: Number Analogy

Soft Skills: Tenses, Voice- Importance - Definitions - usage - rules - types - structures-

signal words - examples

UNIT-III

Aptitude: Letter series, Letter Analogy

Soft Skills: Speech Definition - importance - conversion rules - usage - structures -

examples

UNIT-IV Aptitude: Coding & Decoding

Soft Skills: Creative product speaking, Auxiliaries A. Primary B. Secondary

UNIT-V Aptitude: Direction Test

Soft Skills: Sentences –simple, complex, compound, Sentence Improvement,

Text Books:

1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning- Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND

2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND

Reference Books

1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning- S CHAND

2. Logical Reasoning –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications

Web Links

1. www.indiabix.com


****




ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To equip the student with the knowledge of different types of instruments for

measurements of power and energy.

COB 2 : To make the student understand various types of bridges for measurement of

parameters-resistance, inductance, capacitance and frequency.

COB 3 : To equip the student with the knowledge of various types of magnetic

measuring instruments.

COB 4 : To help student acquire knowledge on applications of CRO for measurement

of frequency, phase difference and hysteresis loop using Lissajous patterns.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Apply the right type of instrument for measurement of voltage and current for

ac and dc

CO 2: Develop the suitable bridge for the measurement of electrical parameters

CO 3: Illustrate the ballistic galvanometer and flux meter for magnetic measuring

instruments.

CO 4: Demonstrate the calibratation of the potentiometer

CO 5: Explain frequency and phase difference between signals using CRO.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K3) 2 2 3

CO 2(K3) 2 2 3

CO 3(K3) 2 2 3

CO 4(K3) 2 2 3

CO 5(K2) 1 1 2

UNIT –I:

Measuring Instruments: Classification- Deflecting, control and damping torques –

Ammeters and Voltmeters-PMMC, moving iron type, dynamometer and electrostatic

instruments – Expression for the deflecting torque and control torque – Errors and

compensations – Extension of range using shunts and series resistance –CT and PT: Ratio

and phase angle errors – Numerical problems.



UNIT-II

Measurement of Power and Energy: Single phase and three phase dynamometer

wattmeter – LPF and UPF – Expression for deflecting and control torques – Extension of

range of wattmeter using instrument transformers – Measurement of active and reactive

powers in balanced and unbalanced systems – Types of P.F. Meters – Single phase and

three phase dynamometer and moving iron type Single phase induction type energy meter

– Driving and braking torques –errors and compensations – Testing by phantom loading

using R.S.S. meter – Three phase energy meter – Maximum demand meters –Electrical

resonance type frequency meter and Weston type synchro-scope

UNIT-III

Measurements of Parameters: Method of measuring low , medium and high resistance –

Sensitivity of Wheat stone’s bridge – Carey Foster’s bridge – Kelvin’s double bridge for

measuring low resistance- Loss of charge method for measurement of inductance –Quality

Factor –Maxwell’s bridge-Hay’s bridge- Anderson’s bridge – Measurement of capacitance

and loss angle – Desauty Bridge – Schering Bridge – Wagner’s earthing device – Wien’s

bridge

UNIT-IV

Magnetic Measurements: Ballistic galvanometer –Equation of motion – Flux meter –

Constructional details – Determination of B-H Loop methods of reversals six point method

– AC testing – Iron loss of bar samples – Core loss measurements by bridges and

potentiometers.

Potentiometers: Principle and operation of D.C Crompton’s potentiometer-

Standardization – Measurements of unknown resistance – Current – Voltage.AC

potentiometers: polar and coordinate types – Standardization –Applications.

UNIT-V

Digital Meters: Digital voltmeter – Successive approximation – measurements of phase

difference – Frequency – Hysteresis loop using lissajious patterns in CRO – Ramp and

integrating type – Digital Frequency meter- Digital multimeter –Digital Tachometer

Text Books:

1. A course in Electrical Measurements Electronic Measurements Instrumentation A.

K. Sawhney:, Edition 11, Dhanpat Rai and Sons.

2. A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation. J .B.

Gupta:, 13/E, Kataria and Sons.

Reference Books:

1. Electrical Measurements – by Buckingham and Price, Prentice – Hall Electrical

Measurements by Forest K. Harris. John Wiley and Sons.

2. Electrical Measurements: Fundamentals, Concepts, Applications – by Reissland,

M.U, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers.

3. Electrical and Electronic Measurements –by G.K.Banerjee, PHI Learning Private

Ltd, New Delhi.

4. Electrical Measurements – by Buckingham and Price, Prentice – Hall.

Web links:


2. http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/108106070/


***


http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/108106070/




ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:


COB 1 : To enable the student to acquire knowledge on principle of operation and performance

of 3-phase induction motor

COB 2 : To help the students to learn the performance of induction motor and induction

generator in terms of torque and slip.

COB 3 : To train the students on torque producing mechanism of a single phase induction

motor.

COB 4 : To make the students understand the principle of emf generation, the effect of armature

reaction.

COB 5 : To facilitate the student determine the voltage regulation of synchronous generators

with different methods.

COB 6 : To equip the students with the knowledge of parallel operation and control of real and

reactive powers for synchronous generators

COB 7 : To enable the students to study performance and starting methods of synchronous

motors

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Explain the operation and performance of three phase induction motor

CO 2: Analyze the torque-speed relation, performance of induction motor and induction

generator

CO 3: Analyze the performance of three phase induction motors at different operating

conditions

CO 4: Explain the operation of single phase induction motors

CO 5: Explain armature reaction effect in synchronous generators.

CO 6: Explain parallel operation of synchronous generators.

CO 7: Determine the regulation of synchronous generators with different methods

CO 8: Apply methods of staring and correction of power factor with synchronous motor


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO 2(K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K4) . 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 6(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 7(K5) 2 - 3 3 2 - - - - - - -

CO 8(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -





CO 1(K3) 1 1 3

CO 2(K4) 2 2 3

CO 3(K4) 2 2 3

CO 4(K2) . - 2

CO 5(K2) . - 2

CO 6(K2) . - 2

CO 7(K5) 3 3 3

CO 8(K3) 1 1 3

UNIT-I

3-phase Induction Motors: Construction details of cage and wound rotor machines -

production of rotating magnetic field - principle of operation - rotor emf and rotor

frequency - rotor current and pf at standstill and during running conditions - rotor power

input, rotor copper loss and mechanical power developed and their interrelationship –

equivalent circuit – phasor diagram. Torque equation - expressions for maximum torque

and starting torque - torque slip characteristic - double cage and deep bar rotors - crawling

and cogging.

UNIT-II

Starting and testing methods of Induction Motors: Speed control of induction motor

with V/f method – no load and blocked rotor tests - circle diagram for predetermination of

performance– methods of starting – starting current and torque calculations – induction

generator operation (Qualitative treatment only). Single phase induction motors –

Constructional features and equivalent circuit - Problem of starting–Double revolving field

theory–Starting methods. Shaded pole motors, AC Series motor.

UNIT-III

Construction, Operation and Voltage Regulation of Synchronous generator:

Constructional features of non–salient and salient pole type – Armature windings –

Distributed and concentrated windings – Distribution– Pitch and winding factors –E.M.F

equation–Improvements of waveform and armature reaction–Voltage regulation by

synchronous impedance method– MMF method and Potier triangle method–Phasor

diagrams– Two reaction analysis of salient pole machines and phasor diagram.

UNIT-IV

Parallel operation of synchronous generators: Parallel operation with infinite bus and

other alternators – Synchronizing power – Load sharing– Control of real and reactive

power– Numerical problems.

UNIT-V

Synchronous motor – operation, starting and performance: Principle and theory of

operation– Phasor diagram – Starting torque– Variation of current and power factor with

excitation –Synchronous condenser – Mathematical analysis for power developed–

Hunting and its suppression – Methods of starting – Applications.

Text Books:

1. Electrical Machines – P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers. ….

2. Electric Machinery by A.E.Fitzgerald, Charleskingsley, StephenD. Umans, TMH



Reference Books:

1. Electrical Machines by D. P.Kothari, I .J .Nagarth, Mc Graw Hill Publications, 4th

edition

2. Electrical Machines by R.K.Rajput, Lakshmi publications,5th edition

3. Electrical Machinery by Abijith Chakrabarthi and Sudhipta Debnath, McGraw Hill

education.


education.

Web Links:


2. http://www.electricalengineeringinfo.com/2014/11/voltage-regulation-of-

synchronous-generator-alternator-using-synchronous-impedance-method.html.

3. https://www.electrical4u.com/parallel-operation-of-alternator/.

4. www.electricaleasy.com/.../three-phase-induction-motor.html.

5. https://www.electrical4u.com/speed-control-of-three-phase-induction-motor/

***


http://www.electricalengineeringinfo.com/2014/11/voltage-regulation-of-synchronous-generator-alternator-using-synchronous-impedance-method.html

http://www.electricalengineeringinfo.com/2014/11/voltage-regulation-of-synchronous-generator-alternator-using-synchronous-impedance-method.html

https://www.electrical4u.com/parallel-operation-of-alternator/

http://www.electricaleasy.com/.../three-phase-induction-motor.html

https://www.electrical4u.com/speed-control-of-three-phase-induction-motor/



DIGITAL CIRCUITS AND LOGIC DESIGN

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To make the students to know the fundamental concepts of number

representation in digital circuits.

COB 2 : To familiarize the students to know Postulates of Boolean Algebra and

implement logical expressions.

COB 3 : To enable the students to design switching functions using Minimization

techniques.

COB 4 : To equip the students to design combinational logic circuits

COB 5 : To impart the concepts of sequential circuits & to design sequential systems

COB 6 : To make the students to design finite state machines using flip flops.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Interpret numeric information in different representations.

CO 2 : Illustrate Logic expressions using Boolean algebra.

CO 3 : Minimize the given Switching functions using K-Map & Tabular minimization

methods.

CO 4 : Develop combinational logic circuits as per the given specifications.

CO 5 : Build Programmable Logic Devices & Basic Flip flops.

CO 6 : Classify Counters and Finite State Machines using Flip Flops.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - -

CO2(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - -

CO3(K6) 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - -

CO4(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO5(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO6(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - -



CO1(K2) 1 1 2

CO2(K2) 1 1 2

CO3(K6) - - -

CO4(K3) 2 2 3

CO5(K3) 2 2 3

CO6(K2) 1 1 2



UNIT-I

Number Systems: Representation of numbers of different radix, conversation from one

radix to another radix, r-1’scompliments and r’s compliments of signed numbers, problem

solving.

Binary Codes: 4 bit codes, BCD, Excess-3, 2421, 84-2-1 9’s compliment code etc. error

detection & correction codes, Gray code, error detection, error correction codes (parity

checking, even parity, odd parity, Hamming code)

Logic Gates: Basic logic operations: NOT,OR, AND, Universal building blocks, EX-OR,

EX-NOR Gates, NAND-NAND and NOR-NOR realizations.

UNIT-II

Boolean Algebra & Minimization Techniques: Boolean theorems, principle of

complementation & duality, De-Morgan theorems, minimization of logic functions using

Boolean theorems, minimization of switching functions using K-Map up to 6 variables,

tabular minimization, problem solving (code- converters using K-Map etc..).

UNIT-III

Combinational Logic Circuits: Design of Half adder, full adder, half subtractor, full

subtractor, applications of full adders, 4-bit binary subtractor, adder-subtractor circuit,

BCD adder circuit, Excess 3 adder circuit, look-a-head adder circuit, Design of decoder,

demultiplexer, 7 segment decoder, higher order demultiplexing, encoder, multiplexer,

higher order multiplexing, realization of Boolean functions using decoders &

multiplexers, priority encoder, 4-bit digital comparator.

UNIT-IV

Programmable Logic Devices & Sequential Circuits-I: Introduction to PLD’s:

PROM, PAL, PLA-Basics structures, realization of Boolean function with PLDs,

programming tables of PLDs, merits & demerits of PROM, PAL, PLA comparison,

realization of Boolean functions using PROM, PAL, PLA, programming tables of PROM,

PAL, PLA.

Sequential Circuits-I: Classification of sequential circuits (synchronous and

asynchronous) basic flip-flops, truth tables and excitation tables (NAND RS latch, NOR

RS latch, RS flip-flop, JK flip-flop, T-flip-flop, D-flip-flop with reset and clear terminals).

Conversion from one flip-flop to flip-flop.

UNIT-V

Sequential Circuits –II: Design of ripple counters, design of synchronous counters,

Johnson counter, ring counter. Design of registers - Buffer register, control buffer register,

shift register, bi-directional shift register, universal shift register.

Finite state machine; Analysis of clocked sequential circuits, state diagrams, state tables,

reduction of state tables and state assignment, design procedures. Realization of circuits

using various flip-flops. Mealy to Moore conversion and vice-versa.

Text Books:

1. Switching Theory and Logic Design, A. Anand Kumar, PHI, 3rdEdition.

2. Digital Design, Morris Mano Pearson, 3rd Edition.

3. Switching and Finite Automata Theory, Zvi Kohavi & Niraj K.Jha, 3rd Edition,

Cambridge.



Reference Books:

1. Modern Digital Electronics , RP Jain, TMH

2. Introduction to Switching Theory and Logic Design, Fredriac J. Hill, Gerald R.

Peterson, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 3rd Edition.

3. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Charles H. Roth Jr., Jaico Publishers.

Web Links:

1. https://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/117106086/1

2. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/digital-circuits-and-systems.html

3. https://www.smartzworld.com/notes/switching-theory-and-logic-design-stld/

4. ebooks.bharathuniv.ac.in/.../Switching%20Theory%20and%20Logic%20 Design/

****



CONTROL SYSTEMS

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To help the students acquire knowledge on mathematical modeling of physical

systems, block diagram algebra and signal flow graph to determine overall

transfer function.

COB 2 : To make the student illustrate and analyze the time response of first and second

order systems and improvement of performance by proportional plus derivative

and proportional plus integral controllers

COB 3 : To train students to investigate the stability of closed loop systems using Routh’s

stability criterion and the analysis by root locus method.

COB 4 : To facilitate the student learn the usage of Frequency Response approaches for the

analysis of linear time invariant (LTI) systems using Bode plots, polar plots and

Nyquist stability criterion.

COB 5 : To make the students formulate state models and present the concepts of

Controllability and observability

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Derive the transfer function of physical systems and determination of overall

transfer function using block diagram algebra and signal flow graphs

CO 2: Determine time response specifications of second order systems and to determine

error constants

CO 3: Analyze absolute and relative stability of LTI systems using Routh’s stability

criterion and the root locus method

CO 4: Analyze the stability of LTI systems using frequency response methods

CO 5: Develop state models for physical systems and determine the response.

Understanding the concepts of controllability and observability.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K6) 1 2 3 3 - 1 - - - - - -

CO 2(K5) - 3 - - 2 - - - - 1 - -

CO 3(K4) - 3 - - 3 - 2 - - 2 - -

CO 4(K4) - 3 - 2 - - 2 - - - - 1

CO 5(K3) 3 - 1 1 - - - 3 - - 3 -



CO 1(K6) 3 3 -

CO 2(K5) 3 3 -

CO 3(K4) 2 2 3

CO 4(K4) 2 2 3

CO 5(K3) 1 1 3



UNIT-I

Mathematical Modeling of Control Systems: Classification of control systems, Open

Loop and closed loop control systems and their differences, Feed-Back Characteristics,

transfer function of linear system, Differential equations of electrical networks,

Translational and Rotational mechanical systems, Transfer Function of DC Servo motor -

AC Servo motor- Synchro, transmitter and receiver - Block diagram algebra –

Representation by Signal flow graph - Reduction using Mason’s gain formula.

UNIT-II

Time Response Analysis: Standard test signals - Time response of first and second order

systems - Time domain specifications - Steady state errors and error constants – Effects of

proportional derivative, proportional integral systems.

UNIT-III

Stability and Root locus Technique: The concept of stability – Routh’s stability criterion

–limitations of Routh’s stability –Root locus concept - construction of root loci (Simple

problems)

UNIT-IV

Frequency Response Analysis: Introduction to Frequency domain specifications-Bode

diagrams- transfer function from the Bode Diagram-Phase margin and Gain margin-

Stability Analysis from Bode Plots, Polar Plots, Nyquist Stability criterion, Lag, Lead,

Lag-Lead compensators.

UNIT-V

State Space Analysis of LTI systems: Concepts of state, state variables and state model,

state space representation of transfer function, Diagonalization- Solving the time invariant

state equations- State Transition Matrix and it’s Properties – Concepts of Controllability

and Observability.

Text Books:

1. Control Systems principles and design, M.Gopal, Tata McGraw Hill education Pvt

Ltd., 4 Edition.

2. Automatic control systems, Benjamin C.Kuo, Prentice Hall of India, 2 Edition.

Reference Books: 1. Modern Control Engineering, Kotsuhiko Ogata, Prentice Hall of India.

2. Control Systems, ManikDhanesh N, Cengage publications.

3. Control Systems Engineering, I.J.Nagarath and M.Gopal, Newage International

Publications, 5th Edition.

4. Control Systems Engineering, S.Palani,TataMcGraw Hill Publications.

Web links:

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/mathematical-modelling-of-various-system /

2. http://engineering.electrical-equipment.org/panel-building/time-domain-analysis-of-

control-systems.htm

3. http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/amwiki/index.php/Frequency_Domain_Analysis

4. https://www.electrical4u.com/state-space-analysis-of-control-system/

https://www.electrical4u.com/mathematical-modelling-of-various-system

http://engineering.electrical-equipment.org/panel-building/time-domain-analysis-of-control-systems.htm


http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/amwiki/index.php/Frequency_Domain_Analysis



POWER SYSTEMS-I

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To help the students acquire the knowledge on operation of different

components of a thermal power stations

COB 2 : To help the students acquire the knowledge on operation of different

components of a Nuclear power stations

COB 3 : To enable the students to study the concepts of DC/AC distribution systems

and voltage drop calculations.

COB 4 : To equip the students with the knowledge on construction and operation of

different components of substations.

COB 5 : To give the students with the knowledge on different types of cables.

COB 6 : To prepare the students with the different types of load Curves and tariffs

applicable to consumers.

Course Outcomes:





CO 1(K3) - 1 -

CO 2(K4) - 2 -

CO 3(K4) - 2 -

CO 4(K2) - - -

CO 5(K4) - 2 -

CO 6(K4) - 2 -

CO 1: Identify the different components of thermal power plants.

CO 2: Identify the different components of nuclear Power plants.

CO 3: Distinguish between AC/DC distribution systems and also estimate voltage

drops of distribution systems.

CO 4: Classify the different components of air and gas insulated substations.

CO 5: Categorize single core and multi core cables with different insulating

materials.

CO 6: Analyze the different economic factors of power generation and tariffs.

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 3 - - - - - -

CO 2(K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K2) - - - - - - 3 - 3 3 - -

CO 5(K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO 6(K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -



UNIT-I

Thermal & Nuclear Power Stations: Selection of site, general layout of a thermal power

plant showing paths of coal, steam, water, air, ash and flue gasses, ash handling system,

Brief description of components: Boilers, Super heaters, Economizers, electrostatic

precipitators steam Turbines : Impulse and reaction turbines, Condensers, feed water

circuit, Cooling towers and Chimney.

Location of nuclear power plant, Working principle, Nuclear fission, Nuclear fuels,

Nuclear chain reaction, nuclear reactor Components: Moderators, Control rods, Reflectors

and Coolants. Types of Nuclear reactors and brief description of PWR, BWR and FBR.

Radiation: Radiation hazards and Shielding, nuclear waste disposal.

UNIT-II

Distribution Systems: Classification of distribution systems, design features of

distribution systems, radial distribution, ring main distribution, voltage drop calculations:

DC distributors for following cases - radial DC distributor fed at one end and at both ends

(equal / unequal voltages), ring main distributor, stepped distributor and AC distribution,

comparison of DC and AC distribution.

UNIT-III

Substations Air Insulated Substations: Indoor & Outdoor substations, Substations

layouts of 33/11 kV showing the location of all the substation equipment. Bus bar

arrangements in the Sub-Stations: Simple arrangements like single bus bar, sectionalized

single bus bar, double bus bar with one and two circuit breakers, main and transfer bus bar

system with relevant diagrams.

Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) – Advantages of Gas insulated substations, different

types of gas insulated substations, single line diagram of gas insulated substations,

constructional aspects of GIS, Installation and maintenance of GIS, Comparison of Air

insulated substations and Gas insulated substations.

UNIT-IV

Underground Cables: Types of Cables, Construction, Types of insulating materials,

Calculation of insulation resistance, stress in insulation and power factor of cable.

Capacitance of single and 3-Core belted Cables: Grading of Cables-Capacitance grading

and Inter sheath grading.

UNIT-V

Economic Aspects of Power Generation & Tariff: Economic Aspects - Load curve,

load duration and integrated load duration curves, discussion on economic aspects:

connected load, maximum demand, demand factor, load factor, diversity factor, power

capacity factor and plant use factor, Base and peak load plants.

Tariff Methods- Costs of Generation and their division into Fixed, Semi-fixed and

Running Costs, Desirable Characteristics of a Tariff Method, Tariff Methods: Simple rate,

Flat Rate, Block-Rate, two-part, three–part, and power factor tariff methods.

Text Books:

1. A Text Book on Power System Engineering by M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta,

U.S.Bhatnagarand A. Chakrabarti, DhanpatRai& Co. Pvt. Ltd.

2. Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electric Energy by C.L.Wadhawa New

age International (P) Limited, Publishers.



Reference Books:

1. Electrical Power Distribution Systems by - V. Kamaraju, TataMcGraw Hill, New

Delhi.

2. Elements of Electrical Power Station Design by – M V Deshpande, PHI, New

Delhi.

Web Links: 1. https://www.slideshare.net/.../ntpc-project-korbasuper-themal-power-plant

2. https://www.euronuclear.org/1-information/energy-uses.htm

3. https://www.slideshare.net/9anku/electrical-distribution-system

https://www.slideshare.net/.../ntpc-project-korbasuper-themal-power-plant

https://www.euronuclear.org/1-information/energy-uses.htm

https://www.slideshare.net/9anku/electrical-distribution-system



MANAGEMENT SCIENCE

(Common to EEE, ECE, IT & PT)

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To make the students know the principles, functions, theories and practices

of different management areas.

COB 2 : To equip the students with a systematic and critical understanding of

organizational structures.

COB 3 : To impart knowledge on conceptual models of strategic management and to

familiarize with the tools of operations and project management.

COB 4 : To make the students know the role of human relations in the management

of operations.

COB 5 : To nurture the students with the contemporary practices of management.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Apply management and motivation theories to renovate the practice of

management.

CO 2 : Explain concepts of quality management and use process control charts,

concepts and tools of quality engineering in the design of products and

process controls.

CO 3 : Appraise the functional management challenges associated with high levels

of change in the organizations.

CO 4 : Identify activities with their interdependency and use scheduling techniques

of project management PERT/CPM.

CO 5 : Develop global vision and management skills both at strategic level and

interpersonal level.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) - - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO 2(K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 3(K2) - - - - - - - - 3 - - -

CO 4(K3) - - - - - - - 3 - - - -

CO 5(K3) - - - - - - 3 - - - - -



CO 1(K3) 1 - -

CO 2(K3) 1 - -

CO 3(K2) - - -

CO 4(K3) 1 - -

CO 5(K3) - 1 -

UNIT-1 :

Introduction to Management: Concept nature and importance of Management, Generic

Functions of Management, and Evaluation of Management thought, Theories of

Motivation, Decision making process, Designing organization structure, Principles of

organization & Organizational typology.



UNIT-2 :

Operations Management : Principles and Types of Management, Work study-,

Statistical Quality Control, Control charts (P-chart, R-chart, and C-chart) Simple

problems, Material Management: Need for Inventory control, EOQ, ABC analysis

(simple problems) and Types of ABC analysis (HML, SDE, VED, and FSN analysis),

Justin- Time(JIT) system, Total Quality, Management(TQM), Six sigma, supply chain

management

UNIT-3 :

Functional Management : Concept of HRM, HRD and PMIR,Functions of HR

Manager, Wage payment plans(Simple Problems) ,Job Evaluation and Merit Rating

,Marketing Management, Functions of Marketing, strategies based on product Life

Cycle, Channels of distributions.

UNIT-4 :

Project Management: Development of Network, Difference between PERT and CPM,

Identifying Critical Path, Probability, Project Crashing (Simple Problems).

UNIT-5 :

Strategic Management: Vision, Mission, Goals, Strategy, Elements of Corporate Planning Process,

Environmental Scanning, SWOT analysis, Steps in Strategy Formulation and

Implementation, Generic Strategy Alternatives, Basic concepts of MIS, ERP, Capability

Maturity Model (CMM) Levels, Balanced Score Card.

Text Books:

1. Management Science by Aryasri; Publisher: Tata McGraw Hill, 2009

2. Management by James Arthur, Finch Stoner, R. Edward Freeman, and Daniel R.

Gilbert 6th Ed; Publisher: Pearson Education/Prentice Hall.

Reference Books:

1. Principles of Marketing: A South Asian Perspective by Kotler Philip, Gary

Armstrong, Prafulla Y. Agnihotri, and Eshan ul Haque , 2010, 13th Edition,

Publisher: Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India.

2. A Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice by Michael Armstrong,

2010; Publisher: Kogan Page Publishers.

3. 3. Quantitative Techniques in Management by N.D. Vohra, 4th edition, 2010;

Publisher: Tata McGraw Hill.

4. Operations Management: Theory and Practice by B. Mahadevan, 2010; Publisher:

Pearson Education.

Web links:

1. www.managementstudyguide.com

2. www.citehr.com

3. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122106032

4. www.btechguru.com/courses--nptel--basic-course

****

http://www.managementstudyguide.com/

http://www.citehr.com/

http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122106032

http://www.btechguru.com/courses--nptel--basic-course



ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB

Semester: IV L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To impart basic knowledge on identification of passive elements.

COB 2 : To make the students to understand the concepts of Semi conductor Devices.

COB 3: To enable the students to understand the operation of power supply circuits.

COB 4: To make the students to verify the response of amplifiers.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Demonstrate the working of semiconductor devices and measuring instruments.

CO 2: Develop the circuits with basic semiconductor devices.

CO 3: Explain the characteristics of BJT & JFET.

CO 4: Design different amplifiers and observe their frequency responses.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K5) 2 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - -

CO 4(K6) 1 2 3 3 - 1 - - - - - -



CO 1(K2) - - 2

CO 2(K3) 2 - 3

CO 3(K5) 3 - 2

CO 4(K6) 3 - 1

Electronic Workshop Practice:

1. Identification, Specifications, Testing of R, L, C Components (Colour Codes),

Potentiometers, Coils, Gang Condensers, Relays, Bread Boards.

2. Identification, Specifications and Testing of active devices, Diodes, BJTs, JFETs,

LEDs, LCDs, SCR, UJT.

3. Soldering Practice- Simple circuits using active and passive components.

4. Study and operation of Ammeters, Voltmeters, Transformers, Analog and Digital

Multimeter, Function Generator, Regulated Power Supply and CRO..

List of Experiments:

Week 1. 1.To draw the V I characteristics of a P-N Junction Diode (Ge &Si ).

Week 2. 2.To draw the V I characteristics of a Zener Diode.

Week 3. 3.To verify the operation of Zener Diode as a voltage regulator.



Week 4. 4.To calculate the Ripple factor and percentage of Regulation of Half-wave

Rectifier(without and with c-filter)

Week 5. 5.To calculate the Ripple factor and percentage of Regulation of Full-wave

Rectifier (without and with c-filter)

Week 6. 6.To determine the Input and Output Characteristics of BJT-CE Configuration.

Week 7. 7.To obtain the Drain and Transfer Characteristics of FET-CS Configuration.

Week 8. 8.To identify the negative resistance region of UJT.

Week 9. 9.To measure the voltage and frequency of given wave form using CRO.

Week 10. 10.To obtain the frequency response of BJT-CE Amplifier.

Week 11. 11.To draw the VI Characteristics of SCR.

Week 12. 12.To determine the Input and Output Characteristics of BJT-CB

Configuration.

List of Augmented experiments (Week 13 - Week16)


13. To obtain the frequency response of FET-CS Amplifier.

14. To obtain the quiescent point of given self bias transistor circuit.

15. To obtain the frequency response of Emitter Follower-CC Amplifier

Equipment required:

1. Regulated Power supplies

2. Analog/Digital Storage Oscilloscopes

3. Analog/Digital Function Generators

4. Digital Multimeters

5. Decade Résistance Boxes/Rheostats

6. Decade Capacitance Boxes

7. Ammeters (Analog or Digital)

8. Voltmeters (Analog or Digital)

9. Active & Passive Electronic Components

Reference Books:

1. Electronic Devices and circuits Lab Manual -Electronics and communication

Engineering, AEC, Surampalem.

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, J. Millman, Christos C. Halkias, Tata Mc-Graw

Hill, 4thEdition, 2010.

3. Electronic Devices and Circuits, S. Salivahanan, N. Suresh Kumar, A. Vallavaraj,

Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2nd Edition,2012.

4. Electronic Devices and Circuits, David A. Bell, Oxford University Press, 5th

Edition, 2009.

Web links: 1. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/

2. http://www.deas.harvard.edu/courses/es154/



***

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/

http://www.deas.harvard.edu/courses/es154/





ELECTRICAL MACHINES-I LAB

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To equip the students with knowledge of magnetizing characteristics of DC shunt

Generator and understand the mechanism of self excitation.

COB 2 : To enable the students to evaluate the performance of various dc machines

COB 3 : To equip the students to control the speed of DC motors.

COB 4 : To enable the students to determine and predetermine the performance of DC

Machines.

COB 5 : To enable the students determine the efficiency and regulation of transformers.

Course Outcomes:



CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - 2 3

CO2 (K5) 2 3 3 3 - - 1 - - - 2 -

CO3 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - 2 - - - 3 -

CO4 (K5) 2 3 3 3 - - 1 - - - 2 -



CO1(K2) - - -

CO2(K5) 3 - 2

CO3(K4) 2 2 3

CO4(K5) 3 3 2

List of experiments

Week 1. 1.To draw open circuit characteristic curves of a given DC shunt generator

and to find critical speed & critical field resistance.

Week 2. 2.To draw the performance curves of the D.C shunt motor by conducting

brake test.

Week 3. 3.To determine the efficiencies of two identical shunt machines by

conducting regenerative test (Hopkinson’s test).

Week 4. 4.To find the efficiency of D.C shunt machine by conducting Swinburne’s

test.

Week 5. 5.To control or change the speed of a given D.C shunt motor by field

current control method and armature resistance control method and draw

speed curve.

CO 1: Interpret the constructional details of the DC machines and Transformers.

CO 2: Determine and predetermine the performance of DC machines.

CO 3: Analyze the various speed control techniques of DC motor.

CO 4: Estimate the performance of transformers.



Week 6. 6.To draw the internal & external characteristic curves of the given D.C

Shunt generator by conducting load test.

Week 7. 7.To separate the losses in D.C shunt motor.

Week 8. 8.To perform O.C and S.C tests on a single phase transformer and to

evaluate efficiency and Regulation and determination of equivalent circuit.

Week 9. 9.To conduct sumpner’s test on a two identical single phase transformers

and obtain copper losses and core losses and evaluate the efficiency.

Week 10. 10.To make scott connection on the given two 1-∅ transformer and

verifying the voltage on the secondary side of the Scott connected

transformer.

Week 11. 11.To make parallel Operation of Two Identical 1-∅ Transformers &

Verifying the load sharing.

Week 12. 12.To separate the hysteresis losses and eddy current losses of a 1-∅

transformer.

List of Augmented experiments (Week 13 – Week 16)


13. To determine the efficiency of single phase transformer and DC machine by

using simulation.

14. To draw the internal & external characteristic curves of the given DC cumulative

compound generator by conducting load test.

15. To draw the internal & external characteristic curves of the given DC differential

compound generator by conducting load test

16. To draw the internal & external characteristic curves of the given D.C Series

Generator by conducting load test.

Reference Books:

1. Electrical Machines by D. P.Kothari, I .J .Nagarth,McGrawHill Publications, 4th

edition

2. Electrical Machines by R.K.Rajput, Lakshmi publications, 5th edition.

3. Electrical Machinery by AbijithChakrabarthi and SudhiptaDebnath,McGraw Hill

education 2015

4. Electrical Machinery Fundamentals by Stephen J Chapman McGraw Hill education

2010

5. Electric Machines by MulukutlaS.Sarma&Mukeshk.Pathak, CENGAGE Learning.

6. Theory & Performance of Electrical Machines by J.B.Guptha. S.K.Kataria& Sons

Web Links:


2. http://www.ncert.nic.in/html/learning_basket/electricity/electricity/machine/machin

e_content.htm

3. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/41/electrical-machine-1

****




https://lecturenotes.in/subject/41/electrical-machine-1



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - II

(Common to All Branches)

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2 : To ensure the students to secure placements.

COB 3 : To make the students to feel comfortable to face several competitive


COB 4 : To make the student more likely to be employed.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Identify the symbols, notations and Venn -diagrams.

CO 2 : Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.

CO 3 : Relate different types of blood relations.

CO 4 : Apply the logics in the puzzles and arrangements.

CO 5 : Identify the logic in the cubes and dice.

CO 6 : Build the typical write-up skills.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 6(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -



CO 1(K1) - - -

CO 2(K3) - 1 -

CO 3(K2) - 1 -

CO 4(K3) - - -

CO 5(K3) - 1 -

CO 6(K3) - 1 -

UNIT-I:

Aptitude: Symbols & Notations.

Soft Skills: Subject-Verb- Agreement, Personality Development.

UNIT-II:

Aptitude: Venn Diagrams, Blood Relations.

Soft Skills: Adjectives, Degree of Comparisons



UNIT-III:

Aptitude: Puzzle test, Time and Date (Group Reasoning)

Soft Skills: Art of Communication, Words Often Confused

UNIT-IV:

Aptitude: Cubes & Dice

Soft Skills: Word Analogy, Effective Listening

UNIT-V:

Aptitude: Seating Arrangements

Soft Skills: Paragraph Writing, non-verbal communication

Text Books:

1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning, Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S.CHAND

Publications.

2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S.CHAND

Publications.

Reference Books:

1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning, S.CHAND Publications

2. Logical Reasoning, Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English, R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.

Web Links

1. www.indiabix.com


***

https://www.indianstudyhub.com/



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS – II

(Revised Syllabus for batches admitted from 2018 - 2019)


IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2: To ensure the students to secure placements.

COB 3: To make the students to feel comfortable to face several competitive


COB 4: To make the student more likely to be employed.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify the symbols, notations and Venn-diagrams.

CO 2: Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.

CO 3: Relate different types of blood relations.

CO 4: Apply the logics in the puzzles and arrangements.

CO 5: Identify the logic in the cubes and dice.

CO 6: Build the typical write-up skills.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 6(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -


CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO 1(K1) - - - 1

CO 2(K2) - 1 - -

CO 3(K2) - - - 2

CO 4(K3) - - - 3

CO 5(K3) - - - 3

CO 6(K3) - - - -

UNIT-I

Aptitude: Symbols & Notations.

Soft Skills: Subject-Verb- Agreement, Personality Development.

UNIT-II

Aptitude: Venn Diagrams, Blood Relations.

Soft Skills: Adjectives, Degree of Comparisons



UNIT-III

Aptitude: Puzzle test, Time and Date (Group Reasoning)

Soft Skills: Art of Communication, Words Often Confused

UNIT-IV

Aptitude: Cubes & Dice

Soft Skills: Word Analogy, Effective Listening

UNIT-V

Aptitude: Seating Arrangements

Soft Skills: Paragraph Writing, non-verbal communication

Text Books:

1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning, Dr. R.S. Aggarwal,

S.CHAND Publications.

2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S.CHAND

Publications.

Reference Books:

1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning, S.CHAND Publications

2. Logical Reasoning, Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English, R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.

Web Links:

1. www.indiabix.com


****



POWER SYSTEMS-II

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To equip the student to compute parameters of transmission lines and to

understand the concepts of GMD/GMR.

COB 2 : To enable the students to study the short and medium length transmission lines

and Performance.

COB 3 : To enable the students to study the performance and modeling of long

transmission lines.

COB 4 : To help the students to study the effect of travelling waves on transmission lines.

COB 5 : To help the students to study the factors affecting on the performance of

transmission lines and power factor improvement methods.

COB 6 : To help the students to study the sag and tension computation of transmission

lines as well as to study the performance of overhead insulators.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Illustrate parameters of various types of transmission lines during different

operating conditions

CO 2 : Analyze the performance of short and medium transmission lines

CO 3 : Demonstrate travelling waves on transmission lines

CO 4 : Identify various factors related to charged transmission lines

CO 5 : Make use of sag/tension of transmission lines and performance of line insulators


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) - 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K4) - - - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K2) - - 2 2 2 - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) - - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - -

CO 5(K3) - - 2 - 2 2 2 - - - - -



CO 1(K2) - 2 -

CO 2(K4) - 2 -

CO 3(K2) - 2 -

CO 4(K3) - 2 -

CO 5(K3) - 2 -



UNIT-I Transmission Line Parameters: Conductor materials - Types of conductors – Calculation of resistance for solid conductors

–Calculation of inductance for single phase and three phase– Single and double circuit

lines–Concept of GMR and GMD–Symmetrical and asymmetrical conductor configuration

with and without transposition–Bundled conductors-Numerical Problems–Calculation of

capacitance for 2 wire and 3 wire systems – Effect of ground on capacitance – Capacitance

calculations for symmetrical and asymmetrical single and three phase–Single and double

circuit lines- Bundled conductors–Numerical Problems.

UNIT-II Performance of Short and Medium Length Transmission Lines: Classification of Transmission Lines – Short, medium, long line and their model

representations –Nominal-T–Nominal-Pie and A, B, C, D Constants for symmetrical and

Asymmetrical Networks– Numerical Problems– Mathematical Solutions to estimate

regulation and efficiency of all types of lines – Numerical Problems.

UNIT-III Performance of Long Transmission Lines:

Long Transmission Line–Rigorous Solution – Evaluation of A,B,C,D Constants–

Interpretation of the Long Line Equations, regulation and efficiency– Incident, Reflected

and Refracted Waves –Surge Impedance and SIL of Long Lines–Wave Length and

Velocity of Propagation of Waves – Representation of Long Lines – Equivalent-T and

Equivalent Pie network models (Numerical Problems).

UNIT-IV Power System Transients & Various Factors governing the Performance of

Transmission line:

Types of System Transients – Travelling or Propagation of Surges – Attenuation–

Distortion– Reflection and Refraction Coefficients – Termination of lines with different

types of conditions – Open Circuited Line–Short Circuited Line – T-Junction– Lumped

Reactive Junctions.

Skin and Proximity effects – Description and effect on Resistance of Solid Conductors –

Ferranti effect – Charging Current.

UNIT-V Corona, Sag Calculations and Overhead Line Insulators:

Corona – Description of the phenomenon–Factors affecting corona–Critical voltages and

power loss – Radio Interference.

Sag and Tension calculations with equal and unequal heights of towers–Effect of Wind

and Ice on weight of Conductor–Numerical Problems – Stringing chart and sag template

and its applications.

Types of Insulators – String efficiency and Methods for improvement–Numerical

Problems – Voltage distribution–Calculation of string efficiency–Capacitance grading and

Static Shielding.

Text Books:

1. Electrical power systems – by C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Limited,

Publishers.

2. Modern Power System Analysis by I.J.Nagarath and D.P.Kothari, Tata McGraw

Hill, 2ndEdition.



Reference Books:

1. Power system Analysis–by John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMC

Companies, 4thedition.

2. Power System Analysis and Design by B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publishing.

3. A Text Book on Power System Engineering by M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta,

U.S.Bhatnagar A.Chakrabarthy, Dhanpat Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd.

4. Electrical Power Systems by P.S.R. Murthy, B.S.Publications.

Web Links:


2. https://www.electrical4u.com/performance-of-transmission-line/

3. https://gradeup.co/models-and-performance-of-transmission-lines-and-cables-i-

ebfce936-c584-11e5-baa5-76adddde8c47

4. http://www.crectirupati.com

***


https://www.electrical4u.com/performance-of-transmission-line/

https://gradeup.co/models-and-performance-of-transmission-lines-and-cables-i-ebfce936-c584-11e5-baa5-76adddde8c47


http://www.crectirupati.com/



POWER ELECTRONICS

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To enable the students to study the characteristics of various power

semiconductor devices.

COB 2 : To equip the students with the knowledge of operation of 1-ɸ and 3-ɸ phase

Controlled converters.

COB 3 : To enable the students study about the operation of AC-AC regulators and

cycloconverters.

COB 4 : To equip the students with the knowledge of different types of DC-DC

converters.

COB 5 : To enable the students study about the operation of inverters.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Explain the different types of power semiconductor devices and their

Characteristics.

CO 2: Distinguish between 1ɸ and 3ɸ phase controlled converters.

CO 3: Analyze the operation of AC voltage controllers and cycloconverters.

CO 4: Analyze the operation of different types of DC-DC converters.

CO 5: Illustrate the operation of Inverters and application of PWM techniques.




CO1(K2) 1 1 2

CO2(K4) 2 2 3

CO3(K4) 2 2 3

CO4(K4) 2 2 3

CO5(K2) 1 1 1

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO2(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - 3 - - - - -

CO3(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO4(K4) 3 3 2 2 - - 3 - - - - -

CO5(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - 2 -



UNIT-I Power Semiconductor Devices:

Characteristics of power MOSFET and power IGBT-Theory of operation of SCR-Static

characteristics-Dynamic characteristics-Two transistor model-turn on and turn off

methods-snubber circuit basic requirements of gating circuits for SCR, IGBT and

MOSFET - Operation of TRIAC and static V-I characteristics.

UNIT-II AC-DC Converters:

AC-DC single phase converters:

1-ɸ half wave controlled rectifiers- R-Load and RL-load with and without freewheeling

diode-1-ɸ full wave controlled rectifiers, center tapped and bridge configuration R-Load

and RL-loads with and without freewheeling diode-RLE load-Continuous and

discontinuous Conduction- 1-ɸ semi converter with R-load and RL-load with freewheeling

diode-Effect of source inductance in 1-ɸ bridge rectifier with continuous conduction-

problems.

AC-DC Three Phase Converters:

3-ɸ half wave controlled rectifier with R-load and RL-load-3ɸ fully Controlled rectifier

with R- load, RL-load and RLE load, 3-ɸ semi controlled converter with R-load, RL-load,

Effect of source inductance-problems.

UNIT-III AC-AC Regulators and Cycloconverters:

Principle of phase angle control and on-off control-1-ɸ AC-AC regulator with R load and

RL load for continuous and discontinuous conduction- Transformer tap changing using ant

parallel thyristors-problems. 1ɸ bridge type step-up cycloconverter with R Load-1-ɸ

bridge type cycloconverter with R load and RL load continuous and Discontinuous

(Principle of operation only) – three phase to single phase – three phase to three phase

cycloconverter.

UNIT-IV DC-DC Converters:

Analysis of Buck, Boost and Buck-Boost converters in continuous and discontinuous

Conduction Modes-Output voltage equations using volt-sec balance in CCM and DCM

output voltage ripple and inductor current-ripple for CCM only-Problems-Principle of

operation of forward and fly back converters in CCM.

UNIT-V DC-AC Converters:

1-ɸ half bridge inverter and full bridge inverters with R and RL loads-3ɸ Voltage source

Inverter with 1800 Conduction Mode and 1200 Conduction Mode-PWM Inverters- Quasi-

square wave pulse width modulation- Sinusoidal pulse width modulation-Prevention of

shoot through fault in Voltage Source Inverter (VSI) – Current Source Inverter (CSI) –

Introduction to Auto Sequential Commutated Current Source Inverter (ASCCSI) .

Text Books:

1. Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications – by M.H Rashid, Prentice

Hall of India, 3rd edition,2014

2. Power Electronics – by P.S.Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers



Reference Books:

1. Power Electronics, P.C.Sen, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1st Edition.

2. Power Electronics, Vedam Subramaniam, New Age International (P) Ltd

Publishers.

3. Power Electronics, M. D. Singh & K. B. Kanchandhani, Tata McGraw – Hill

Publishing Company, 2nd Edition.

4. Power Electronics: Essentials & Applications by L.Umanand, Wiley, Pvt. Limited,

India.

Web Links:

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/characteristics-of-thyristor/

2. https://www.electrical4u.com/dual-converter

3. http://jntuk-coeerd.in/

***



PULSE AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart basic knowledge on linear and non-linear wave shaping circuits.

COB 2: To enable the students to know the switching characteristics of devices and

logic families.

COB 3: To make the students to design different types of multi vibrators using

transistors

COB 4: To make the students to acquire knowledge on basic concept of time base

generators.

COB 5: To make the students to know the working of sampling gates.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Construct linear wave shaping circuits.

CO 2: Demonstrate the switching characteristics of diodes and transistors

CO 3: Analyze the waveforms of clipper & clamper circuits.

CO 4: Compare DL, TL, DTL, TTL, ECL and CMOS logic families.

CO 5: Develop multi vibrators using transistors.

CO 6: Examine voltage time base generators using constant current sources.

CO 7: Apply the concept of sampling gates in digital circuits.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 3

CO5 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - 3

CO6 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 3

CO7 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K4) - - -

CO4 (K4 ) - - -

CO5 (K3 ) 3 3 2

CO6 (K4 ) 3 3 3

CO7 (K3 ) 3 3 2

V Semester

L T P C




UNIT I Linear Wave shaping:

High pass, low pass RC circuits, their response for sinusoidal, step, pulse, square, ramp

and exponential inputs. RC network as differentiator and integrator; Attenuators, its

applications in CRO probe, RL and RLC circuits and their response for step input, Ringing

circuit.

UNIT II Switching Characteristics of Devices:

Diode as a switch, piecewise linear diode characteristics, Design and analysis of Transistor

as a switch, Break down voltage consideration of transistor, saturation parameters of

Transistor and their variation with temperature, Design of transistor switch, transistor-

switching times.

Non-Linear Wave Shaping: Diode clippers, Transistor clippers, clipping at two independent levels, Transfer

characteristics of clippers, Emitter coupled clipper; Clamping operation, clamping circuits

using diode with different inputs, Clamping circuit theorem, practical clamping circuits,

effect of diode characteristics on clamping voltage, Transfer characteristics of clampers.

UNIT III Logic Families:

Diode Logic, Transistor Logic, Diode-Transistor Logic, Transistor-Transistor Logic,

Emitter Coupled Logic, AOI Logic, Comparison of Logic Families.

Bi-stable Multi vibrator:

Analysis And Design of Fixed Bias, Self Bias Bistable Multi Vibrator, Collector Catching

Diodes, Commutating Capacitors, Triggering of Binary Circuits, Emitter Coupled Bi-

stable Multi vibrator (Schmitt Trigger).

UNIT IV Mono stable Multi vibrator:

Analysis and Design of Collector Coupled Monostable Multi vibrator, Triggering of

Monostable Multivibrator, Applications of Monostable Multivibrator.

Astable Multivibrator:

Analysis and Design of Collector Coupled Astable Multivibrator, Application of Astable

Multivibrator as a Voltage to Frequency Converter.

UNIT V Voltage Time Base Generators:

General features of a time base signal, Methods of generating time base waveform

Exponential Sweep Circuits, Negative Resistance Switches, basic principles in Miller and

Bootstrap time base generators, Transistor Miller time base generator, Transistor Bootstrap

time base generator.

Sampling Gates: Basic Operating Principles of Sampling Gates, Diode Unidirectional Sampling Gate and

Two-Diode Bi-Directional Sampling Gate, Four-Diode gates, Six-Diode Gates, Reduction

of Pedestal in Sampling Gates, Applications of Sampling Gates.



Text Books:

1. Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms, J. Millman and H. Taub, McGraw-Hill

2. Pulse and Digital Circuits, A. Anand Kumar, PHI, 2nd Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Solid State Pulse circuits, David A. Bell, PHI, 4th Edition.

2. Pulse & Digital Circuits, Venkata Rao, K,Ramasudha K, Manmadha Rao,

G. Pearson.

Web Links:

1 en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_electronics

2 https://www.smartzworld.com/notes/pdc-pulse-and-digital-circuits/

3 http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117103064/22

4 http://www.electronics-tutorials.ws/filter/filter_1.html

5 https://electronicspost.com/v-i-characteristics-of-pn-junction-diode/



SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:


COB 1 : To introduce the concepts associated with of signals and systems.

COB 2 : To familiarize the students about the concepts of transform based continuous time

and discrete time analysis of signals and systems.

COB 3 : To provide the knowledge about sampling process and reconstruction of a signal.

COB 4 : To create awareness in students on frequency transformation techniques.

COB 5 : To prepare the students to analyze the characteristics of continuous-time and

discrete-time signals and systems using different mathematical tools.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Classify the signals into different categories.

CO 2 : Demonstrate the spectral characteristics of signals using Fourier analysis.

CO 3 : Apply convolution and correlation for signal generation and signal extraction.

CO 4 : Identify system characteristics in time domain and frequency domain.

CO 5 : Analyze sampling process and reconstruction of signals.

CO 6 : Apply Laplace and Z- transform techniques for the analysis of continuous-time and

discrete-time signals and Systems.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO 3(K3) 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K4) 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - -

CO 6(K3) 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K2) - - 2

CO 2(K2) - - 2

CO 3(K3) - 1 3

CO 4(K3) 1 - 3

CO 5(K4) 2 - 3

CO 6(K3) 1 1 3



UNIT I

Signals: Introduction, Representation of signals, Elementary signals, Basic Operations on

signals, Classification of Signals.

Signal Analysis: Analogy between vectors and signals, Orthogonal vector space,

Orthogonal signal space, Signal approximation by a set of mutual orthogonal signals,

Mean square error, Closed or complete set of orthogonal functions, Orthogonality in

complex functions.

UNIT II

Fourier Series: Representation of periodic signals using Fourier series, Trigonometric

Fourier series and Exponential Fourier series, properties of Fourier series, Complex

Fourier spectrum.

Fourier Transforms: Deriving Fourier transform(FT) from Fourier series, Existence of

Fourier transform, Fourier transform of standard signals, properties of Fourier transforms,

Fourier transform of periodic signals, Fourier transforms involving impulse signal and

Signum signal.

UNIT III

Convolution and Correlation of Signals: Concept of convolution in time domain and

frequency domain, Graphical representation of convolution, Convolution properties of

Fourier transforms. Signal Comparison: Cross correlation and auto correlation of signals,

properties of correlation function, Energy density spectrum, Power density spectrum,

Relation between auto correlation function and energy/power spectral density function,

Relation between convolution and correlation.

UNIT IV

Signal Transmission Through LTI Systems: Classification of systems, Linear time

invariant (LTI) system, Impulse response of LTI systems, Properties of LTI systems,

Transfer function of an LTI system, Filter characteristics of linear systems, Distortion less

transmission through a system, Signal bandwidth, system bandwidth, Ideal LPF, HPF and

BPF characteristics, Causality and Paley-Wiener criterion for physical realization,

relationship between bandwidth and rise time.

Sampling: Sampling, Sampling theorem – Graphical and analytical proof for Band

Limited Signals, effect of under sampling – Aliasing, impulse sampling, Natural and Flat

top Sampling, Reconstruction of signal from its samples, Sampling of Band Pass signals.

UNIT V

Laplace Transforms: Review of Laplace transform (LT) , Existence of Laplace

transform, Concept of region of convergence (ROC) for Laplace transforms, constraints on

ROC for various classes of signals, Properties of Laplace transforms, relation between

LTs, and FT of a signal, Inverse Laplace transform, Laplace transform using waveform

synthesis.

Z–Transforms: Z-Transform of a discrete time signal, Distinction between Laplace,

Fourier and Z-transforms, Region of convergence in Z-Transform, constraints on ROC for

various classes of discrete signals, Properties of Z-transforms, properties of Z-transforms,

Inverse Z-transform.



Text Books:

1. Signals and Systems, Anand Kumar, PHI, 4th Edition.

2. Signals and Systems, A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and S.H. Nawab, PHI, 2nd

Edition.

3. Signals, Systems & Communications, B.P. Lathi, BS Publications.

Reference Books:

1. Signals & Systems, Simon Haykin and Van Veen, Wiley, 2nd Edition.

2. Fundamentals of Signals and Systems, Michel J. Robert, MGH International

Edition.

3. Signals and Systems, K Raja Rajeswari, B VisweswaraRao, PHI.

4. Signals and Systems, T K Rawat, Oxford University press.

Web Links:



3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com//signals_and_systems/index.htm

4. https://www.mathworks.com/support/learn-with-matlab-tutorials.html

5. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-2011



RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

(Professional Elective – I)

V Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171EE5E01 3 1 0 3

Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To help the students acquire knowledge on the solar radiation data,

extraterrestrial radiation, radiation on earth’s surface.

COB 2 : To enable the students study the basic concepts of solar photo voltaic systems

COB 3 : To train the students to use the maximum power point techniques in solar PV

and wind energy

COB 4 : To enable the students design the wind energy conversion systems

COB 5 : To help the students to acquire the basic principle and working of tidal,

biomass, fuel cell and geothermal systems

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Analyze solar radiation data, extraterrestrial radiation, and radiation on

earth’s surface

CO 2: Examine the solar photo voltaic systems

CO 3: Develop maximum power point techniques in solar PV and wind energy

systems

CO 4: Illustrate the wind energy conversion systems, wind generators and power

generation

CO 5: Explain basic principle and working of tidal, biomass, fuel cell and

geothermal systems


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K4) 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K4) 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO 3(K3) 3 - 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 5(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -



CO 1(K4) 2 2 3

CO 2(K4) 2 2 3

CO 3(K3) 1 1 3

CO 4(K2) - - 2

CO 5(K2) - - 2



UNIT-I Fundamentals of Energy Systems and Solar energy:

Energy conservation principle – Energy scenario (world and India) – various forms of

renewable energy – Solar radiation: Outside earth’s atmosphere–Earth surface–Analysis of

solar radiation data–Geometry– Radiation on tilted surfaces – Numerical problems. Liquid

flat plate collectors, Introduction to solar air heaters – Concentrating collectors, solar pond

and solar still – solar thermal plants.

UNIT-II Solar Photo voltaic Systems: Solar photo voltaic cell, module, array–construction–Efficiency of solar cells–Developing

technologies– CellI-Vcharacteristics–Equivalent circuit of solar cell– Seriesresistance –

Shuntresistance –Applications and systems–Balance of system components- System

design: storagesizing – PV systemsizing –Maximum power point techniques: Perturband

observe (P&O) technique– Hill climbing technique.

UNIT-III Wind Energy: Sourcesofwindenergy-Windpatterns–Typesofturbines–Horizontalaxisandvertical

axismachines-Kineticenergy of wind–Betzcoefficient–Tip–speedratio–Efficiency – Power

output of windturbine – Selection of generator (synchronous, induction) –Maximum power

point tracking– wind farms – Power generation for utility grids.

UNIT-IV Hydro, Biomass and Tidal power systems: Basic working principle – Classification of hydro systems: Large, small, micro –

measurement of head and flow – Energy equation – Types of turbines – Numerical

problems.

Biomass Energy: Fuel classification–Pyrolysis–Direct combustion of heat–Different

digesters and sizing.

Tidalpower–Basics–Kineticenergy equation–Turbinesfortidal power-Numerical problems

UNIT-V Fuel cells, geothermal systems and Wave Power: Fuel cell: Classification of fuel for fuel cells – Fuel cell voltage– Efficiency – V-I

characteristics.

Geothermal: Classification–Dryrockandhotaquifer–Energyanalysis–Geothermal based

electric power generation.

Wave power – Basics – Kinetic energy equation – Wave power devices – Linear

generators.

Text Books:

1. Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, S.P.Sukhatme and

J.K. Nayak, TMH, New Delhi, 3rd

Edition.

2. Non conventional energy source–B.H.khan-TMH-2nd

edition.

3. Renewable Energy Resources, JohnTwidell and TonyWeir, Taylor and Francis-

second edition.



Reference Books:

1. Energy Science: Principles, Technologies and Impacts, John Andrewsand

NickJelly, Oxford University Press.

2. Renewable Energy – Godfrey Boyle-oxford university. press 3rd

edition.

3. Hand book of renewable technology AhmedF. Zobaa, RameshC.Bansal, World

scientific, Singapore.

4. Renewableenergytechnologies–Apracticalguideforbeginners–ChetanSingh Solanki,

PHI.

Web Links:


***




MODELLING AND ANALYSIS OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES


V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To enable the students study the concepts of generalized theory of electrical

machines using Kron’s primitive model.

COB 2: To help the students with knowledge of the DC and AC machines as Basic

Two Polemachine.

COB 3: To illustrate the designing of the electrical machine models with voltage,

current, torque and speed equations.

COB 4: To sensitise the students to use the steady state and transient behavior of the

electrical machines.

COB 5: To enable the students study the dynamic behavior of the 3-Phase Induction

Motor.

COB 6: To enable the students study the dynamic behavior of the 3-Phase

synchronous Motor.

Course Outcome:


CO 1: Analyze the behavior of DC motor models for different applications.

CO 2: Evaluate the characteristics of different types of DC motors for designing

suitable controllers

CO 3: Make use of the reference frame theory of AC machines to model the

induction and Synchronous machines.

CO 4: Evaluate the steady state and transient behavior of induction machines to

propose the suitability of drives for different industrial applications.

CO 5: Evaluate the steady state and transient behavior of synchronous

machines


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K4) 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K5) 3 2 - 3 2 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K4) - 3 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4) 2 - 3 3 1 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K5) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -



UNIT – I Basic concepts of Modeling: Basic Two-pole Machine representation of Commutator machines, 3-phasesynchronous

machine with and without damper bars and 3-phase induction machine, Kron’s primitive

Machine- voltage, current and Torque equations.

UNIT – II DC Machine Modeling: MathematicalmodelofseparatelyexcitedD.Cmotor- SteadyStateanalysis-TransientState

Analysis-SuddenapplicationofInertiaLoad-TransferfunctionofseparatelyexcitedD.CMotor-

Mathematical model of D.C Series motor, Shunt motor-Linearization Techniques for

small perturbations

UNIT –III Reference frame theory & Modeling of single phase Induction Machines: Linear transformation-Phase transformation- three phase to two phase transformation(abc

to αβ0) and two phase to three phase transformation αβ0 to abc - -Power equivalence-

Mathematical modeling of single phase induction machines.

UNIT - IV Modeling of three phase Induction Machine: Generalized model in arbitrary reference frame-Electromagnetic torque-Derivation of

commonly used Induction machine models- Stator reference frame model-Rotor reference

frame model-Synchronously rotating reference frame model-state space model with flux

linkages as variables.

UNIT –V Modeling of Synchronous Machine & Special machines:

Synchronous machine inductances -voltage equations in the rotor’s dq0 reference

frame- electromagnetic torque-current in terms of flux linkages-three synchronous

machine model- modeling of PM Synchronous motor, modeling of BLDC motor,

modeling of Switched Reluctance motor.

Text Books:

1. Electric Motor Drives - Modeling, Analysis & control- R. Krishnan-Pearson

Publications-1st

edition.

2. Analysis of Electrical Machinery and Drive systems-P. C. Krause,

OlegWasynczuk, Scott D. Sudh off- Second Edition-IEEE Press.



CO1 (K4 ) 3 2 3

CO2 (K5) 3 3 3

CO3 (K4 ) 3 2 3

CO4 (K4 ) 3 2 3

CO5 (K5 ) 3 3 3



Reference Books:

1. Dynamic simulation of Electric machinery using Mat lab / Simulink -

CheeMunOng- Prentice Hall

2. Generalised theory of Electrical Machines, P. S. Bhimbra,-Fifth edition, Khanna

publisher.

Web Links:


2. http://www.ee.iitm.ac.in/2016/08/ee5201/

****


http://www.ee.iitm.ac.in/2016/08/ee5201/



ELECTRICAL SAFETY


V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To help the students to know about electrical hazards

COB 2: To help the students to know about various grounding techniques

COB 3: To help the students to know about safety procedures

COB 4: To help the students to know about various electrical maintenance

techniques

Course Outcomes:





CO 1(K2) 2 2 -

CO 2(K4) 2 3 -

CO 3(K3) 2 3 -

CO 4(K3) - 1 -

CO 5(K2) 3 2 -

CO 1: Describe electrical hazards and safety equipment

CO 2: Analyze and apply various grounding and bonding techniques

CO 3: Select appropriate safety method for low, medium and high voltage

equipment

CO 4: Participate in a safety team

CO 5: Carry out proper maintenance of electrical equipment by

understanding various Standards

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 3 1 3 1 - 3 1 2 - - 2 2

CO 2(K4) 3 3 3 - 1 3 1 - - - 2 -

CO 3(K3) 3 2 3 1 1 3 1 - - 1 3 -

CO 4(K3) - - 3 - 1 3 - 1 3 1 3 2

CO 5(K2) 3 1 3 1 2 3 2 2 1 - 2 1



UNIT-I Hazards of Electricity and Electrical Safety Equipment:

Primary and secondary hazards- arc, blast, shocks-causes and effects-safety equipment-

flash and thermal protection, head and eye protection-rubber insulating equipment, hot

sticks, insulated tools, barriers and signs, safety tags, locking devices- voltage measuring

instruments- proximity and contact testers-safety electrical one line diagram- electrician’s

safety kit.

UNIT-II Grounding of Electrical Systems and Equipment:

General requirements for grounding and bonding- definitions- grounding of electrical

equipment-bonding of electrically conducting materials and other equipment-connection of

grounding and bonding equipment- system grounding- purpose of system grounding-

grounding electrode system- grounding conductor connection to electrodes-use of

grounded circuit conductor for grounding equipment- grounding of low voltage and high

voltage systems.

UNIT-III Safety Procedures and Methods:

The six step safety methods- pre job briefings - hot-work decision tree-safe switching of

power system- lockout-tag out- flash hazard calculation and approach distances-

calculating the required level of arc protection-safety equipment , procedure for low,

medium and high voltage systems- the one minute safety audit

UNIT-IV Safety Management and Organizing Structure :

Electrical safety program structure, development- company safety team- safety policy

program implementation- employee electrical safety teams- safety meetings- safety

auditaccident prevention- first aid- rescue techniques-accident investigation

UNIT-V Electrical Maintenance and Legal Safety Requirements and Standards:

Safety related case for electrical maintenance- reliability centered maintenance (RCM) -

eight step maintenance program- frequency of maintenance- maintenance requirement for

specific equipment and location- regulatory bodies- national electrical safety code-

standard for electrical safety in work place- occupational safety and health administration

standards, Indian Electricity Acts related to Electrical Safety.

Text Books: 1. John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffer, Dennis Neitzel, Al Winfield, ‘Electrical

Safety Handbook’, McGraw-Hill Education, 4 th Edition.

Reference Books: 1. Maxwell Adams.J, ‘Electrical Safety- a guide to the causes and prevention of

electric hazards’, The Institution of Electric Engineers, IET.

2. Ray A. Jones, Jane G. Jones, ‘Electrical Safety in the Workplace’, Jones & Bartlett

Learning.

Web Links:


2. https://www.electricalsafetyfirst.org.uk


https://www.electricalsafetyfirst.org.uk/



INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND PATENTS

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To outline and classify Intellectual property.

COB 2 : To Illustrate and Interpret issues relating to an Intellectual Property right

COB 3 : To apply Intellectual Property Law to find out solution in relation to

Intellectual Property rights in the interest of original owner of Intellectual

Property.

COB 4 : To Identify the Institutions and agencies that grants, protects and works for

Intellectual properties in India and abroad

COB 5 : To Predict issues related to Intellectual property rights on trademarks,

copyrights and patents

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Compare various Intellectual Property rights.

CO 2 : Discuss on Intellectual Property and infer rights on such Intellectual Property

owners

CO 3 : Relate with International Intellectual Property Law

CO 4 : Interpret the legal issues on Intellectual Property Rights

CO 5 : Apply for trade mark, copyrights, patents

CO 6 : Summarize trade secrets, unfair competition which is being adopted by

various firms


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3

CO 2(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3

CO 3(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3

CO 4(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3

CO 5(K3) - - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 3

CO 6(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3



CO 1(K2) - - -

CO 2(K2) - - -

CO 3(K2) - - -

CO 4(K2) - - -

CO 5(K3) - - -

CO 6(K2) - - -



UNIT-I Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights (IPR):

Concept of Property - Introduction to IPR – International Instruments and IPR - WIPO -

TRIPS – WTO –Laws Relating to IPR - IPR Tool Kit - Protection and Regulation -

Copyrights and Neighboring Rights – Industrial Property – Patents - Agencies for IPR

Registration – Traditional Knowledge –Emerging Areas of IPR – Layout Designs and

Integrated Circuits – Use and Misuse of Intellectual Property Rights.

UNIT-II Copyrights and Neighboring Rights:

Introduction to Copyrights – Principles of Copyright Protection – Law Relating to

Copyrights - Subject Matters of Copyright – Copyright Ownership – Transfer and

Duration – Right to Prepare Derivative Works –Rights of Distribution – Rights of

Performers – Copyright Registration – Limitations – Infringement of Copyright – Relief

and Remedy – Case Law - Semiconductor Chip Protection Act.

UNIT-III Patents: Introduction to Patents - Laws Relating to Patents in India – Patent Requirements –

Product Patent and Process Patent - Patent Search - Patent Registration and Granting of

Patent - Exclusive Rights – Limitations - Ownership and Transfer –– Revocation of

Patent – Patent Appellate Board - Infringement of Patent – Double Patenting –– Patent

Cooperation Treaty – New developments in Patents – Software Protection and Computer

related Innovations

UNIT-IV Trademarks and Trade secrets: Introduction to Trademarks – Laws Relating to Trademarks – Functions of Trademark –

Distinction between Trademark and Property Mark – Marks Covered under Trademark

Law - Trade Mark Registration – Trade Mark Maintenance – Transfer of rights -

Deceptive Similarities - Likelihood of Confusion - Dilution of Ownership – Trademarks

Claims and Infringement – Remedies – Passing off action.

Introduction to Trade Secrets – General Principles - Maintaining Trade Secret– Physical

Security – Employee Access Limitation – Employee Confidentiality Agreements.

UNIT-V Cyber Law and Cyber Crime: Introduction to Cyber Law – Information Technology Act 2000 - Protection of Online

and Computer Transactions - E-commerce - Data Security – Authentication and

Confidentiality - Privacy - Digital Signatures – Certifying Authorities - Cyber Crimes -

Prevention and Punishment – Liability of Network Providers.

• Relevant Cases Shall be dealt where ever necessary.

Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of IPR for Engineers, Kompal Bansal & Parishit Bansal, B. S.

Publications (Press).

2. Intellectual Property ,Deborah E.Bouchoux: Cengage Learning, New Delh

3. Intellectual property rights, Prabuddha Ganuli,Tata Mcgraw

4. Intellectual property rights ,M.Ashok kumar and Mohd.Iqbal Ali:, Serials

Publications



References Books:

1. Intellectual Property Rights (Patents & Cyber Law), Dr. A. Srinivas. Oxford

University Press, New Delhi

2. Intellectual Property ,Richard Stim: Cengage Learning, New Delhi

3. Intellectual Property Rights, R.Radha Krishnan, S.Balasubramanian:, Excel Books.

New Delhi

Web Links:

1. http://www.wipo.int/portal/en/index.html

2. https://indiankanoon.org/

3. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/patents.htm

4. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/trade-marks.htm

5. http://copyright.gov.in/

****

http://copyright.gov.in/



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS-III


V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To provide basic communication to ensure employability skills.

COB 2: To meet the changing global needs and demands.

COB 3: To orient students towards career and profession.

COB 4: To equip students with fundamental and advanced inputs as various

techniques of strengthening their profession abilities.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Calculate the L.C.M and H.C.F of numbers by simple methods.

CO 2 : Discuss about different numbers and its applications.

CO 3 : Breakdown the typical write-up skills.

CO 4 : Apply different types of models on ratio & proportion, average, ages and

percentages.

CO 5 : Demonstrate the tools of the soft skills.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 - - - 3

CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 3 - - 3

CO 3(K4) 3 3 - - - 3 3 - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 3



CO 1(K3) 1 - 1

CO 2(K2) 2 - 2

CO 3(K4) - 2 -

CO 4(K3) - 1 -

CO 5(K3) - - 2



UNIT-I:

Aptitude: L.C.M & H.C.F,

Soft Skills: Group discussion.

UNIT-II:

Aptitude: Problems on Numbers, Simple Equations

Soft Skills: Resume writing, Personalized Resume preparation, Compose and Prepare a

cover letter.

UNIT-III:

Aptitude: Ratio & proportion

Soft Skills: E-mail -Writing &Etiquette, Business Etiquette.

UNIT-IV:

Aptitude: Average, Ages

Soft Skills: Interviewing skills-1, Do’s & don’ts in an interview, Interview Demonstration

Videos, Interview Preparation.

UNIT-V:

Aptitude: Percentages

Soft Skills: Stress Management, Personal priorities effect on career decisions, Personal

priorities to professional priorities.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative Aptitude - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.

2. Quick Learning Objective General English – Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.

Reference Books:

1. Quantitative Aptitude - Abhijit Guha Mc Graw Hill Publications.

2. Quantitative Aptitude –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.

Web Links:

1. www.indiabix.com

2. www.bankersadda.com


http://www.bankersadda.com/



ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS LAB

V Semester L T P C

Course Code:171EE5L04 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To train the students to calibrate voltmeter and ammeter.

COB 2 : To help student measure single phase and three phase power and energy.

COB 3 : To facilitate the student to use Crompton DC Potentiometer.

COB 4 : To enable the student to measure resistance, inductance and capacitance

with the help of bridges.

COB 5 : To help the student test transformer oil.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Measure the active and reactive power of different loads.

CO 2 : Calibrate ammeter, voltmeter, and wattmeter and energy meter.

CO 3 : Illustrate the working of different bridges.

CO 4 : Compare the different errors of the equipment.

CO 5 : Determine the breakdown strength of oil used in transformers.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K 2) 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K 5) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K 5) - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K 2) 2 1 - 1 2 - - - - - - -

CO 5(K 5) 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K 2) 1 1 2

CO 2(K 5) 3 3 3

CO 3(K 5) 3 3 3

CO 4(K 2) 1 1 2

CO 5(K 5) 3 3 3



List of experiments:

1. Conduct experiment to Calibration and Testing of single phase energy Meter.

2. Conduct experiment to Calibration of dynamometer wattmeter using phantom

loading.

3. Conduct experiment to Measurement of resistance and Determination of Tolerance

using Kelvin’s double Bridge.

4. Conduct experiment to Calibration of PMMC ammeter and voltmeter using

Crompton D.C. Potentiometer.

5. Conduct experiment to Capacitance Measurement using Schering Bridge.

6. Conduct experiment to Inductance Measurement using Anderson Bridge.

7. Conduct experiment to Measurement of 3 phase reactive power with single phase

wattmeter for balanced Loading.

8. Conduct experiment to Measurement of 3 phase power with single watt meter and

using two C.Ts.

9. Conduct experiment to Calibration of LPF wattmeter by direct loading.

10. Conduct experiment to Testing of C.T. using mutual inductance method.

List of Augmented experiments (Any two of the following experiments can be

performed):

1. Conduct experiment to Testing of P.T. using absolute null method.

2. Conduct experiment to Dielectric oil testing using H.T test Kit.

3. Conduct experiment to Measurement of Power by 3 Voltmeter and 3 Ammeter

method.

4. Conduct experiment to Measurement of resistance using Wheatstone bridge.

5. Conduct experiment to Calibration of AC voltmeter and measurement of choke

parameters using AC Potentiometer.

Reference Books:

1. Electrical Measurements – by Buckingham and Price, Prentice – Hall Electrical

Measurements by Forest K. Harris. John Wiley and Sons

2. Electrical Measurements: Fundamentals, Concepts, Applications – by Reissland,

M.U, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers.

3. Electrical and Electronic Measurements –by G.K.Banerjee, PHI Learning Private

Ltd, New Delhi–2012.

4. Electrical Measurements – by Buckingham and Price, Prentice – Hall

Web Links:



3. www.digitalinstrumentsindia.com/digital-measuring-instruments.html

4. educypedia.karadimov.info/library/Power_and_Energy.ppt.

5. https://www.slideshare.net/.../power-and-energy-measurement-34739378

***



http://www.digitalinstrumentsindia.com/digital-measuring-instruments.html

https://www.slideshare.net/.../power-and-energy-measurement-34739378



ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II LAB

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To illustrate speed control of three phase induction motors

COB 2 : To enable the students to determine the performance of three phase and single

phase induction motors

COB 3 : To facilitate the improvement of power factor for single phase induction

motor

COB 4 : To help the students to predetermine the regulation of three phase alternator

by various methods

COB 5 : To find Xd/Xq ratio of alternator and assess the performance of three phase

synchronous motor

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Assess the performance of three phase and single phase induction motors

CO 2: Examine the speed of three phase induction motor

CO 3: Pre determine the regulation of three phase alternator by various methods

CO 4: find Xd/Xq ratio of alternator and assess the performance of three phase

synchronous motor


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 2 --- 1 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

CO 2(K4) --- 3 2 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

CO 3(K5) 3 3 3 3 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

CO 4(K1) --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---



CO 1(K3) --- 1 ---

CO 2(K4) 2 2 ---

CO 3(K5) 3 3 ---

CO 4(K1) --- --- ---




1. To conduct brake test on a 3 phase squirrel cage induction motor and draw its

performance characteristics.

2. To conduct no load and blocked rotor test on a 3 phase induction motor and draw

its circle diagram.

3. To find the regulation of a 3 phase alternator by EMF method.

4. To find the regulation of a 3 phase alternator by MMF method.

5. To determine the Regulation of three–phase alternator by Potier triangle method.

6. To plot the V and inverted V curves of a synchronous motor.

7. To find Xd and Xq of a salient pole synchronous machine by slip test.

8. To draw equivalent circuit of single phase induction motor.

9. Speed control of 3- phase induction motor by V/f control method.

10. To Determination of efficiency of three phase alternator by loading with three

phase induction motor.

List of Augmented experiments:


1. To determine the efficiency of single phase induction motor by conducting brake

test.

2. Synchronization of Alternator to infinite bus by using dark lamp method.

3. To determine the Efficiency of 3 phase alternator by loading with 3 phase

resistive load.

Reference Books:

1. Electrical Machines by D. P.Kothari, I .J .Nagarth, McGraw Hill Publications, 4th

edition.

2. Electrical Machines by R.K.Rajput, Lakshmi publications 5th edition.

3. Electrical Machinery by Abijith Chakrabarthi and Sudhipta Debnath, McGraw

Hill education 2015.


education 2010.

Web Links:



3. https://www.electrical4u.com/parallel-operation-of-alternator/.

4. www.electricaleasy.com/.../three-phase-induction-motor.html.

5. https://www.electrical4u.com/speed-control-of-three-phase-induction-motor/

***



https://www.electrical4u.com/parallel-operation-of-alternator/

http://www.electricaleasy.com/.../three-phase-induction-motor.html

https://www.electrical4u.com/speed-control-of-three-phase-induction-motor/



CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB

Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To help the students to understand the performance of basic control system

components.

COB 2 : To facilitate the students to learn the time and frequency responses of control

system.

COB 3 : To enable the students to study the affect of controllers and compensators on

control system

COB 4 : To illustrate the fundamentals and application of programmable logic

controller

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Analyze the performance and working of Magnetic amplifier, D.C and A.C

servo motors

CO 2: Design of different types of controllers like PI, PID and compensators like

Lag, Lead and lead – lag

CO 3: Understand the Control of temperature using PID controller

CO 4: Determine the transfer function of DC machine

CO 5: Analyze the fundamentals and application of PLC in electrical Domain




CO 1(K4) - - 3

CO 2(K6) 3 3 1

CO 3(K2) - - 2

CO 4(K5) 3 - 2

CO 5(K4) 2 - 3

V Semester L T P C


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K4) - - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO 2(K6) - 2 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K5) - 3 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -




1. To determine time response of Second order system.

2. To study the characteristics of Synchros - Transmitter and receiver.

3. To study the characteristics of stepper motor using Programmable logic controller.

4. To study the effect of feedback on DC servo motor.

5. To study the effect of P, PD, PI, PID Controller on a second order systems.

6. To Draw the magnitude and phase plots of lag and lead compensators.

7. To study the DC position control system.

8. To determine the transfer function of DC motor.

9. To study temperature controller using PID.

10. To draw the load Characteristics of magnetic amplifiers.



1. To draw the speed - torque characteristics of AC servo motor.

2. To draw the speed - torque characteristics of DC servo motor.

3. To study the Potentiometer as an error detector.

4. Verification of logic gates using PLC.

5. To simulate root locus using MATLAB.

6. To simulate Bode plot using MATLAB

Reference Books: 1. Modern Control Engineering, Kotsuhiko Ogata, Prentice Hall of India.

2. Control Systems, Manik Dhanesh N, Cengage publications.

3. Control Systems Engineering, I.J.Nagarath and M.Gopal, Newage International

Publications, 5thEdition.

4. Control Systems Engineering, S.Palani, Tata McGraw Hill Publications.

Web Links:

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/mathematical-modelling-of-various-system /

2. http://engineering.electrical-equipment.org/panel-building/time-domain-analysis-

of-control-systems.htm

3. http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/amwiki/index.php/Frequency_Domain_Analy

sis

4. https://www.electrical4u.com/state-space-analysis-of-control-system/

***

https://www.electrical4u.com/mathematical-modelling-of-various-system







POWER ELECTRONIC CONTROLLERS & DRIVES

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To learn the fundamentals of electric drive and different electric braking

methods.

COB 2: To analyze the operation of three phase converter controlled dc motors and

four quadrant operation of dc motors using dual converters.

COB 3: To discuss the converter control of dc motors in various quadrants.

COB 4: To understand the concept of speed control of induction motor by using AC

voltage controllers and voltage source inverters.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Explain the fundamentals of electric drive and different electric braking

Methods

CO 2: Analyze the operation of three phase converter controlled dc motors and four

quadrant operation of dc motors using dual converters

CO 3: Explain the converter control of dc motors in various quadrants.

CO 4: Explain the concepts of speed control of induction motor by using AC voltage

controllers and voltage source inverters.

CO 5: Explain the principles of static rotor resistance control, various slip power

recovery schemes and various speed control mechanisms of synchronous

motors.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2 ) - - 2

CO2 (K5) 3 3 3

CO3 (K5 ) - 3 3

CO4 (K4 ) 2 2 3

CO5 (K4 ) 2 2 3

VI Semester L T P C




UNIT-I:

Fundamentals of Electric Drives And Controlled Converter Fed Dc Motor Drives

Fundamentals of Electric Drives

Basics of Electric Drives- Fundamental torque equation – Load torque components –

Nature and classification of load torques – Steady state stability – Load equalization –

Braking methods : Dynamic – Plugging – Regenerative methods.

Controlled Converter Fed Dc Motor Drives 1-phase half and fully controlled converter fed separately and self excited DC motor drive-

Output voltage and current waveforms-Speed-torque expressions-Speed torque

characteristics.

UNIT II:

DC–DC Converters Fed Dc Motor Drives

Single quadrant – Two quadrant and four quadrant DC-DC converter fed separately

excited and self-excited DC motors – Continuous current operation– Output voltage and

current waveforms – Speed–torque expressions – Speed–torque characteristics –Four

quadrant operation – Closed loop operation (qualitative treatment only).

UNIT III:

Stator Side Control Of 3-Phase Induction Motor Drive

Stator voltage control using 3-phase AC voltage regulators – Waveforms –Speed torque

Characteristics– Variable Voltage, Variable Frequency control of induction motor by

PWM Voltage Source Inverter-Closed loop V/f control of Induction Motor drives

(qualitative treatment only)

UNIT IV:

Rotor Side Control Of 3-Phase Induction Motor

Static rotor resistance control – Slip power recovery schemes – Static Scherbius drive –

Static Kramer drive – Performance and speed torque characteristics – Advantages –

Applications-Basics of DFIG (operation).

UNIT V:

Control Of Synchronous Motor Drives

Separate control & self-control of synchronous motors – Operation of self-controlled

Synchronous motors by VSI– Closed Loop control operation of synchronous motor drives

(Qualitative treatment only).–Variable frequency control-SPWM Controlled Synchronous

motor drive.

Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of Electric Drives by G K Dubey Narosa Publications.

2. Power Semiconductor Drives, by S.B. Dewan, G.R. Slemon, A. Straughen,

Wiley-India Edition.



Reference Books:

1. Electric Motors and Drives Fundamentals, Types and Applications, by

Austin Hughes and Bill Drury, Newnes.

2. Thyristor Control of Electric drives – Vedam Subramanyam, TMH.

3. Power Electronic Circuits, Devices and applications by M.H. Rashid, PHI.

Web Links:


2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ee15/preview



https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ee15/preview




POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To development the impedance diagram (p.u) and formation of Ybus

COB 2: To study the different load flow methods.

COB 3: To study the concept of the Zbus building algorithm.

COB 4: To study short circuit calculation for symmetrical faults

COB 5: To study the effect of unsymmetrical faults and their effects.

COB 6: To study the rotor angle stability of power systems.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Able to draw impedance diagram for a power system network and to

understand per unit quantities.

CO 2: Able to form a Ybus and Zbus for a power system networks.

CO 3: Able to form a Ybus and Zbus for a power system networks.

CO 4: Able to understand the load flow solution of a power system using different

methods.

CO 5: Able to find the fault currents for all types faults to provide data for the design

of Protective devices.

CO 6: Able to find the sequence components of currents for unbalanced power

system Network.

CO 7: Able to analyze the steady state, transient and dynamic stability concepts of a

power system.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO6 (K5) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO7 (K4) 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

VI Semester L T P C






CO1 (K1) - - 2

CO2 (K3) 3 3 3

CO3 (K3) - 3 3

CO4 (K3) 2 2 3

CO5 (K2) 2 2 3

CO6 (K5) 2 2 3

CO7 (K4) 1 1 2

UNIT –I:

Per Unit Representation & Topology

Per Unit Quantities–Single line diagram– Impedance diagram of a power system–Graph

theory definition – Formation of element node incidence and bus incidence matrices –

Primitive network representation – Formation of Y–bus matrix by singular transformation

and direct inspection methods.

UNIT –II:

Power Flow Studies

Necessity of power flow studies – Derivation of static power flow equations – Power flow

solution using Gauss-Seidel Method – Newton Raphson Method (Rectangular and polar

coordinates form) –Decoupled and Fast Decoupled methods – Algorithmic approach –

Problems on 3–bus system only.

UNIT –III:

Z–Bus formulation

Formation of Z–Bus-Partial network– Algorithm for the Modification of Z-bus Matrix for

addition element for the following cases: Addition of element from a new bus to

reference–Addition of element from a new bus to an old bus– Addition of element between

an old bus to reference and Addition of element between two old busses (Derivations and

Numerical Problems).– Modification of Z–Bus for the changes in network ( Problems).

UNIT – IV:

Symmetrical Components

Transients on a Transmission line-Short circuit of synchronous machine (on no-load) -

3– Phase short circuit currents and reactances of synchronous machine.

Fault analysis Short circuit MVA calculations -Series reactors – selection of reactors -Definition of

symmetrical components - symmetrical components of unbalanced three phase systems –

Power in symmetrical components – Sequence impedances – Synchronous generator –

Transmission line and transformers – Sequence networks Various types of faults LG– LL–

LLG and LLL on unloaded alternator–unsymmetrical faults on power system.

UNIT –V:

Power System Stability Analysis

Elementary concepts of Steady state– Dynamic and Transient Stability– Description of

Steady State Stability Power Limit–Transfer Reactance–Synchronizing Power Coefficient

– Power Angle Curve and Determination of Steady State Stability –Derivation of Swing



Equation–Determination of Transient Stability by Equal Area Criterion–Applications of

Equal Area Criterion–Methods to improve steady state and transient stability.

Text Books:

1. Power System Analysis by Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Modern Power system Analysis – by I. J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari: Tata

McGraw–Hill Publishing Company, 2nd edition.

Reference Books:

1. Power System Analysis – by A.R.Bergen, Prentice Hall, Inc.

2. Power System Analysis by HadiSaadat – TMH Edition.

3. Power System Analysis by B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publications.

4. Power System Analysis and Design by J.Duncan Glover, M.S.Sarma, T.J.Overbye

– Cengage Learning publications.

Web Links:


2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ee16/


****


https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ee16/




MICRO PROCESSOR AND MICRO CONTROLLERS

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To impart the knowledge on fundamental concepts of microprocessors and

Micro controllers.

COB 2 : To familiarize the students with architecture of 8086 microprocessor and

assembling language programming.

COB 3 : To learn the design aspects of I/O and Memory Interfacing circuits.

COB 4 : To make the students to understand the 8051 Microcontroller concepts,

architecture and application of Microcontrollers.

COB 5 : To enable the students to do any type of embedded systems, industrial and real

time applications.

Course Outcomes:


CO 6 : Analyze the generalized concepts of microprocessors.

CO 7 : Demonstrate programming proficiency using the various addressing modes

and instructions.

CO 8 : Explain the basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a

microprocessor.

CO 9 : Develop the internal architecture of microcontroller systems, including

counters, timers, ports, and memory.

CO 10 : Explain the circuits for various applications using microcontrollers.




CO 1(K4) 1 - -

CO 2(K2) - - -

CO 3(K2) - - -

CO 4(K3) 2 - -

CO 5(K5) 3 - -

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K4) 3 3 - - 2 1 - - - - - -

CO 2(K2) - 1 - - 2 1 3 - - - - -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - 2 2 3 - - - - -

CO 5(K5) 2 1 3 - 2 - - - - - - -



UNIT I:

Introduction to microprocessor architecture:

Introduction and evolution of Microprocessors, Architecture of 8086,Register

Organization of 8086,Memory organization of 8086,General bus operation of

8086,Introduction to 80286,80386 and 80486 and Pentium.

UNIT II:

Minimum and maximum mode operations:

Instruction set, Addressing modes, assembler directives, Minimum and Maximum mode

operations of 8086, 8086 Control signal interfacing, Read and write cycle timing diagrams.

UNIT III:

8086 interfacing: Semiconductor memories interfacing (RAM,ROM), Intel 8259 programmable interrupt

controller, Intel 8237a DMA controller, Intel 8255 programmable peripheral interface,

Intel 8279 programmable keyboard/display controller, keyboard interfacing, stepper motor,

A/D and D/A converters.

UNIT IV:

Introduction to 8051 micro controller:

Overview of 8051 Micro Controller, Architecture, Register set, I/O ports and Memory

Organization, Interrupts, Timers and Counters, Serial Communication.

PIC architecture:

Block diagram of basic PIC 18 micro controller, registers I/O ports.

UNIT V:

Cyber physical systems and industrial applications of 8051:

Applications of Micro Controllers, Interfacing 8051 to LED’s, Push button, Relay’s and

Latch Connections, Keyboard Interfacing, Interfacing Seven Segment Display, ADC and

DAC Interfacing.

Text books:

1. Advanced Micro Processors and Interfacing, K.M. Bhurchandi, A.K. Ray, Tata

McGraw Hill, 3rdEdition, 2012.

2. Microprocessors and Interfacing, Douglas V Hall, McGraw Hill, 2ndEdition, 2005.

3. The 8051 Micro Controller Architecture, Programming and Applications, Kenneth

J Ayala, Thomson Publishers, 3rdEdition, 2004.

References Books:

1. PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Rolind

D.Mckinlay, Danny causey, Pearson Publisher, 3rd Edition, 2008.

2. Microcontrollers Theory and Applications, Ajay V. Deshmukh, Tata McGraw Hill,

2005.

3. Microcontrollers Principles and Applications, Ajit Pal, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd,

2011.



Web Links:

1. www.nptel.ac.in/.../IISc.../Microprocessors%20and%20Microcontrollers/.../M1L3.

pdf

2. https://www.coursehero.com/file/22270579/Minimum-and-Maximum-Modes/

3. https://edutechlearners.com/download/MP/8255%20&%20IO%20Interfacing.pdf

http://www.nptel.ac.in/.../IISc.../Microprocessors%20and%20Microcontrollers/.../M1L3.pdf


https://edutechlearners.com/download/MP/8255%20&%20IO%20Interfacing.pdf



DATA STRUCTURES

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the students learn the Concepts of Data Structures, complexities

and recursive Algorithms.

COB 2: To enable the students to analyze the various searching and sorting

techniques.

COB 3: To provide knowledge on stack and queue.

COB 4: To impart knowledge on list and its applications.

COB 5: To explain the importance of trees.

COB6: To outline the graph data structures.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Illustrate time and space complexities of an algorithm.

CO 2: Develop recursive and non-recursive approaches to design an algorithm.

CO 3: Apply various searching and sorting techniques to solve computing

problems.

CO 4: Make use of linear data structures to solve real time problems.

CO 5: Outline a tree and its operations.

CO 6: Explain various tree traversals.

CO 7: Demonstrate various graph traversing techniques and spanning trees.


CO/PO PO1

(K3)

PO2

(K4)

PO3

(K5)

PO4

(K5)

PO5

(K3)

PO6

(K3)

PO7

(K2)

PO8

(K3)

PO9

(K2)

PO10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2)

(K2)

2 1 3 - 2 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3

2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 1 3 - 3 1 - - - - - - -

CO6 (K2) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO7 (K3) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -


CO/PSO PSO1(K5) PSO2 (K5) PSO3 (K3)

CO1 (K2) 3 3 2

CO2 (K3) 1 1 3

CO3 (K3) 1 1 3

CO4 (K3) - 1 -

CO5 (K2) 3 3 2

CO6 (K2) 3 3 3

CO7 (K3) - - 3



UNIT -I

INTRODUCTION:

Basic Concepts: Pseudo code, Algorithm analysis, Time and Space Complexties,

Recursion.

Introduction to Data Structures –Basic Terminology, Classification and Operations on

Data Structures, Asymptotic notations.

Searching: Linear search, Binary search.

Sorting Bubble Sort, Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Merge Sort, Quick Sort, Heap Sort,

Comparison of Sorting Algorithms.

UNIT -II

STACKS AND QUEUES:

Stacks: Introduction, Array representation of stacks, Operations and implementation,

Applications of stacks.

Queues: Introduction, Array representation of Queue, Types of Queues: Circular and

Deques, Operations and implementation, Applications of Queues.

UNIT-III

LINKED LISTS: Introduction, Singly linked list, Circular linked list, Doubly linked list,

Linked Representation of Stacks and Queues, Applications of linked lists.

UNIT-IV

TREES: Introduction, Types of Trees, Traversing a Binary Tree (In-Order, Pre-Order,

Post-Order), Applications of Trees.

Binary Search Trees: Definition, Operations: Searching, insertion, deletion.

UNIT-V

GRAPHS: Introduction, Graph Terminology, Directed Graph, Bi-Connected Components,

Representation of Graphs, Graph traversal Algorithms, Shortest Path Algorithms

,application of Graphs.

Text Books:

1. Data Structures Using C, Reema Thareja, Oxford University Press

2. Data Structures, Richard F, Gilberg, Forouzan, 2/E, Cengage Learning

Reference Books:

1. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis In C, 2nd Ed, Mark Allen Weiss.

2. Data Structures and Algorithms, 2008, G. A.V.Pai, TMH.

Web Links: 1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064/

2. http://www.udacity.com/

3. http://www.courseera.com/

4. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-structures/

5. http://www.studytonight.com/data-structures/



COMPUTER ARCHITECHTURE

(Professional Elective-II)

Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:



CO/PO

PO1

(K3)

PO2

(K4)

PO3

(K5)

PO4

(K5)

PO5

(K3)

PO6

(K3)

PO7

(K2)

PO8

(K3)

PO9

(K2)

PO10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO2(K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO3(K4) 3 - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO4(K6) 3 - 3 - - - 3 - - - - -

CO5(K6) 3 - 3 - - - 3 - - - - -

CO6(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO7(K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO8(K4) 3 - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO9(K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -

VI Semester L T P C


COB 1:

Is to acquaint engineers with the basic principles of organization,

operation and performance of modern-day computer systems.

COB 2: demonstrate an understanding of micro architecture concepts and features

employed by contemporary microprocessors, such as pipelining,

COB 3: To infer the Memory management and Mapping.

CO 1: Understand basic structure of computer

CO 2: Interpret different types of instructions.

CO 3: Differentiate micro-programmed and hard-wired control units.

CO 4: design basic and intermediate RISC pipelines, including the instruction

set, data paths

CO 5: design principles in instruction set design including RISC architectures

CO 6: Represent data in fixed and floating point formats.

CO 7: demonstrate the use of pipeline and vector processing

CO 8: Examine how the data transfer takes place.

CO 9: Understand the major components of a computer including CPU, memory,

I/O and storage.





CO1 (K2) - - 2

CO2 (K2) 3 3 -

CO3 (K4) - 3 3

CO4 (K6) 3 3 3

CO5 (K6) 3 3 3

CO6 (K2) 3 3 2

CO7 (K2) - 3 2

CO8 (K4) 3 3 3

CO9 (K2) - - 2

UNIT-I

BASIC STRUCTURE OF COMPUTERS

Computer types, functional units, basic operational concepts, bus structures, software,

performance, Instruction codes, computer registers, computer instructions, instruction cycle,

memory-reference instructions, input-output and interrupt.

UNIT -II

MICROPROGRAMMED CONTROL AND CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT

Control memory, address sequencing, micro program example, and design of control unit. Central

processing unit – general register organization, stack organization, instruction formats, data

transfer and manipulation, program control, Reduced instruction set computer (RISC).

UNIT-III

COMPUTER ARITHMETIC, PIPELINE AND VECTOR PROCESSING

Computer arithmetic – addition and subtraction, multiplication algorithms, division algorithms,

floating point arithmetic operations decimal arithmetic unit, decimal arithmetic operations.

Pipeline and vector processing – Parallel processing, pipelining, arithmetic pipeline, instruction

pipeline, vector processing, array processors.

UNIT-IV

INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION

Input output organization: peripheral devices, input output interface, asynchronous data transfer,

modes of transfer, priority interrupt, direct memory access, input output interface, serial

communication.

UNIT-V

MEMORY ORGANIZATION

Memory organization – memory hierarchy, main memory, auxiliary memory, associative memory,

cache memory, virtual memory, memory management hardware.

Text Books:

1. Computer system architecture, Morris Mano, 3rd edition, Pearson education 2007.

2. Computer Ogranization, Carl Hamacher 5th edition, Mc GrawHill.(UNIT-1).



Reference Books:

1. Computer Architecture, Behrooz Parhami, Oxford University Press, 2005.

2. Computer systems design and architecture, Vincent P.Heuring and Harry F. Jordan,

Pearson Education Asia Publications, 2004.

3. Computer Organization and architecture, William Stallings, 7th edition Pearson

Education 2011.

Web Links:


2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/computer_organization/index.asp

3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/computer-organization-and-architecture-tutorials/

4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Computer_architecture



ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

(Professional Elective-II)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To educate the students to understand different factors of Distribution system

COB 2: To impart the concept and design the substations and distribution systems.

COB 3: To impart the concepts of voltage drop and power loss

COB 4: To make the students to study distribution system protection and its

coordination

COB 5: To familiarize the students about the effect of compensation for power factor

improvement

COB 6: To help the students study the effect of voltage control on distribution system

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify various factors of distribution system

CO 2: Design the substation and feeders

CO 3: Determine the voltage drop and power loss

CO 4: Make out the protection and its coordination

CO 5: Recognize the effect of compensation for p.f improvement

CO 6: know the effect of voltage control


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1 ) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3 ) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2 ) 2 - 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO6 (K5 ) 3 - 1 - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K1 ) - - -

CO2 (K3) 1 1 -

CO3 (K3 ) 1 1 -

CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 -

CO5 (K2 ) - - -

CO6 (K5 ) 3 - -

VI Semester

L

T

P

C




UNIT-I:

Introduction:

Features of Distribution systems, Load modeling and characteristics – Coincidence factor–

Contribution factor, loss factor, load factor – Relationship between the load factor and loss

factor –Classification of loads (Residential, commercial, Agricultural and Industrial).

UNIT-II:

Substations:

Location of substations: Rating of distribution substation – Service area with‘n’primary

feeders – Benefits and methods of optimal location of substations.

Distribution Feeders:

Design Considerations of distribution feeders: Radial and loop types of primary feeders –

Voltage levels – Feeder loading – Basic design practice of the secondary distribution

system

UNIT-III:

System Analysis: Voltage drop and power–loss calculations: Derivation for voltage drop and power loss in

lines – Uniformly distributed loads and non-uniformly distributed loads – Numerical

problems - Three phase balanced primary lines.

UNIT-IV:

Protection:

Objectives of distribution system protection – Types of common faults and procedure for

fault calculations for distribution system – Protective devices: Principle of operation of

fuses– Circuit reclosures – Line sectionalizer and circuit breakers.

Coordination:

Coordination of protective devices: General coordination procedure –Various types of

coordinated operation of protective devices - Residual Current Circuit Breaker

UNIT-V

Compensation for Power Factor Improvement:

Capacitive compensation for power factor control – Different types of power capacitors –

shunt and series capacitors – Effect of shunt capacitors (Fixed and switched) – Power

factor correction – Capacitor allocation – Economic justification – Procedure to determine

the best capacitor location – Numerical problems.

Voltage Control:

Voltage Control: Equipment for voltage control – Effect of series capacitors – Effect of

Automatic Voltage Booster (AVB), Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) – Line drop

compensation – Numerical problems.



Text Books:

1. “Electric Power Distribution system, Engineering” – by TuranGonen, McGraw–hill

Book Company. 3rd edition.

2. Electric Power Distribution-by A. S. Pabla, Tata McGraw-Hill PublishingCompany,

4th edition, 1997.

Reference Books:

1. Electrical Distribution Systems by Dale R.Patrick and Stephen W.Fardo,CRC

press.

2. Electrical Power Distribution Systems by V.Kamaraju, Right Publishers.

3. Control and Automation of Electrical Power Distribution Systems By James

Northcote-Green, Robert G. Wilson

Web Links:

1. nptel.ac.in/courses/108105067/

2. nptel.ac.in/courses/108102047/

3. nptel.ac.in/Clarify_doubts.php?subjectId=108106025

****



DISTRIBUTED GENERATION & MICROGRID (Professional Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To illustrate the concept of distributed generation.

COB 2: To analyze the impact of grid integration

COB 3: To study concept of Micro grid and its configuration.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Review the conventional power generation.

CO 2: Analyze the concept of distributed generation and installation.

CO 3: Design the grid integration system with conventional and non- conventional energy sources.

CO 4: Design the dc and ac micro grid.

CO 5: Analyze power quality issues and control operation of micro grid.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K6 ) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K6 ) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2 ) - - 2

CO2 (K4) 2 2 3

CO3 (K6 ) 3 3 3

CO4 (K6 ) 3 3 3

CO5 (K4 ) 2 2 3

UNIT I:

PLACEMENT OF DGs

Need for Distributed generation, renewable sources in distributed generation, current scenario in

Distributed Generation, and Planning of DGs – Siting and sizing of DGs – optimal placement of DG

sources in distribution systems.



UNIT II:

GRID INTEGRATION OF DGs

Grid integration of DGs – Different types of interfaces - Inverter based DGs and rotating

machine based interfaces - Aggregation of multiple DG units. Energy storage elements:

Batteries, ultra-capacitors, flywheels.

UNIT III:

IMPACT OF DGS ON STABILITY

Technical impacts of DGs – Transmission systems, Distribution systems, De-regulation –

Impact of DGs upon protective relaying – Impact of DGs upon transient and dynamic

stability of existing distribution systems.

UNIT IV:

ECONOMIC AND CONTROL ASPECTS OF DGs

Economic and control aspects of DGs –Market facts, issues and challenges - Limitations of

DGs. Voltage control techniques, Reactive power control, Harmonics, Power quality

issues. Reliability of DG based systems – Steady-state and Dynamic analysis.

UNIT V:

MICROGRIDs

Introduction to micro grids – Types of micro grids – autonomous and non-autonomous

grids – Sizing of micro grids- modeling & analysis- Micro grids with multiple DGs –

Micro grids with power electronic interfacing units. Transients in micro grids - Protection

of micro grids – Case studies.

Text Books:

1. H. Lee Willis, Walter G. Scott,’ Distributed Power Generation – Planning and

Evaluation’, Marcel Decker Press, 2000.

2. M.Godoy Simoes, Felix A. Farret, ’Renewable Energy Systems – Design and Analysis

with Induction Generators’, CRC press.

Reference Books:

1. Distributed Generation Systems, Gevork B. Gharehpetian S. Mohammad Mousavi

Agah, 1st Edition, Elsevier.

2. Microgrids and Active Distribution Networks (Energy Engineering) by S chowdary, S

P Chowdary, P. Crossley, IET publications.

Web Links:



3. http://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1428910296.pdf

****

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_3?ie=UTF8&field-author=P.+Crossley&search-alias=stripbooks



http://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1428910296.pdf



ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS (Professional Elective-III)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: Review of the state space representation of a control system: Formulation of

different models from the signal flow graph, diagonalization.

COB 2: To introduce the concept of controllability and observability. Design by pole

placement technique.

COB 3: Analysis of a nonlinear system using Describing function approach and Phase

plane analysis.

COB 4: The Lypanov’s method of stability analysis of a system.

COB 5: Formulation of Euler Laugrange equation for the optimization of typical

functional and solutions.

COB 6: Formulation of linear quadratic optimal regulator (LQR) problem by

parameter adjustment and solving riccatti equation.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: State space representation of control system and formulation of different state

models are reviewed.

CO 2: Able to design of control system using the pole placement technique is given

after introducing the concept of controllability and observability.

CO 3: Able to analyse of nonlinear system using the describing function technique

and phase plane analysis.

CO 4: Able to analysethe stability analysis using lypnov method.

CO 5: Minimization of 170 unctional using calculus of variation studied.

CO 6: Able to formulate and solve the LQR problem and riccatti equation.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 1

CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2

CO4 (K1 ) 1 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 3

CO5 (K4 ) 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

VI Semester L T P C






CO1 (K2 ) - - 2

CO2 (K3) 1 1 3

CO3 (K2 ) - 3 2

CO4 (K1 ) - - 1

CO5 (K4) 2 1 2

CO6(K3) 1 1 2

UNIT – I:

State space analysis

State Space Representation – Solution of state equation – State transition matrix, –

Canonical forms – Controllable canonical form – Observable canonical form, Jordan

Canonical Form.

UNIT – II:

Controllability, observability and design of pole placement

Tests for controllability and observability for continuous time systems – Time varying case

–Minimum energy control – Time invariant case – Principle of duality – Controllability

and observability form Jordan canonical form and other canonical forms – Effect of state

feedback on controllability and observability – Design of state feedback control through

pole placement.

UNIT – III:

Describing function analysis

Introduction to nonlinear systems, Types of nonlinearities, describing functions,

Introduction to phase–plane analysis

UNIT–IV:

Stability analysis

Stability in the sense of Lyapunov – Lyapunov’s stability and Lypanov’s instability

theorems – Direct method of Lyapunov for the linear and nonlinear continuous time

autonomous systems.

UNIT–V:

Calculus of variations

Minimization of functional of single function – Constrained minimization – Minimum

principle – Control variable inequality constraints – Control and state variable in equality

constraints – Euler lagrangine equation.



Text Books:

1. Modern Control Engineering – by K. Ogata, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd edition, 1998

2. Automatic Control Systems by B.C. Kuo, Prentice Hall Publication

Reference Books:

1. Modern Control System Theory – by M. Gopal, New Age International Publishers, 2nd

edition, 1996.

2. Control Systems Engineering by I.J. Nagarath and M.Gopal, New AgeInternational (P)

Ltd.

3. Digital Control and State Variable Methods – by M. Gopal, Tata McGraw–Hill

Companies, 1997.

4. Systems and Control by Stainslaw H. Zak, Oxford Press, 2003.

5. Optimal control theory: an Introduction by Donald E.Kirk by Dover publications.

Web Links:



3. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/advanced-control-system-design_27.html



http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/advanced-control-system-design_27.html



PROGAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS & APPLICATIONS (Professional Elective-III)

Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Interpret the PLCs and their I/O modules.

CO 2: Develop control algorithms to PLC using ladder logic.

CO 3: interpret PLC Timers and counters

CO 4: Know the data handling functions of PLC

CO 5: Analyze the applications of PLC


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K1 ) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4 ) 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2 ) - - 2

CO2 (K3) 1 1 -

CO3 (K2 ) - 3 -

CO4 (K1 ) - - -

CO5 (K4) 2 1 2

UNIT-I:

INTRODUCTION TO PLC BASICS:

PLC system, I/O modules and interfacing, CPU processor, programming equipment,

programming formats, construction of PLC ladder diagrams, devices connected to I/O

modules.

VI Semester L T P C


COB 1: To impart knowledge on basics of PLC.

COB 2: To acquire the knowledge on programming of PLC

COB 3: To interpret different Timers and counters and their description

COB 4: To acquire knowledge on data handling functions of PLC.

COB 5: To analyze how to handle applications of PLC



UN1T-II

PLC PROGRAMMING

Input instructions, outputs, operational procedures, programming examples using contacts

and coils. Digital logic gates, programming in the Boolean algebra system, conversion

examples. Ladder diagrams and sequence listings, ladder diagram construction.

UNIT-III

PROGRAMMABLE TIMERS AND COUNTERS Timer instructions – On delay time instruction – Off delay timer instruction – Retentive

timer – Counter instructions – Up counter – Down counter - Cascading counters -

Incremental encoder – Counter applications – Combining counter and timer functions.

UNIT-IV

PROGRAM CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS Master control reset instruction – Jump instructions and sub routines – Immediate input

and output instructions. Data manipulation – Data transfer operation – Data compare

instruction – Data manipulation programs – Numerical data I/O interfaces – Math

instructions – Addition, subtraction, multiplication & division instruction – Sequential

instructions – Sequence programs.

UNIT-V

APPLICATIONS

Control of water level indicator – Alarm monitor - Conveyor motor control – Parking

garage – Ladder diagram for process control – PID controller.

Text Books:

1. Programmable logic controllers by Frank D.Petruzella- McGraw Hill – 3rd Edition.

2. Programmable Logic Controllers – Principle and Applications by John W. Webb

and Ronald A. Reiss, Fifth Edition, PHI.

Reference Books:

1. Programmable Logic Controllers – Programming Method and Applications by JR.

Hackworth and F.D Hackworth Jr. – Pearson, 2004.

2. Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers- Gary Dunning-Cengage

Learning.

3. Programmable Logic Controllers –W.Bolton-Elsevier publisher.

Web Links:

1. https://www.engineersgarage.com/articles/plc-programmable-logic-controller

2. https://www.allaboutcircuits.com › Textbook › Vol. IV - Digital › Ladder Logic

3. www.plcdev.com › Tutorial › Introduction to Programmable Controllers

https://www.engineersgarage.com/articles/plc-programmable-logic-controller



INSTRUMENTATION

(Professional Elective-III)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To study various types of signals and their representation.

COB 2: To study various types of transducers: Electrical, Mechanical,

Electromechanical, Optical etc.

COB 3: To study and measure the various types of Non–electrical quantities.

COB 4: To study various types of digital voltmeters and the working principles of

various types of oscilloscopes and their applications.

COB 5: To study various types of signal analyzers.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Able to represent various types of signals

CO 2: Acquire proper knowledge to use various types of Transducers.

CO 3: Able to monitor and measure various parameters such as strain, velocity, temperature,

pressure etc.

CO 4: Acquire proper knowledge and working principle of various types of digital Voltmeters

and able to measure various parameter like phase and frequency of a signal with the

help of CRO.

CO 5: Acquire proper knowledge and able to handle various types of signal analyzers.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2 ) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2) 2 1 -

CO2 (K2) 3 3 3

CO3 (K2) 3 3 3

CO4 (K3) 3 3 2

CO5 (K4) 3 3 2

VI Semester L T P C




UNIT–I:

Signals and their representation

Measuring Systems, Performance Characteristics, – Static characteristics – Dynamic

characteristics – Errors in Measurement – Gross Errors – Systematic Errors – Statistical

analysis of random errors – Signal and their representation – Standard test, periodic,

aperiodic, modulated signal – Sampled data pulse modulation and pulse code modulation.

UNIT–II:

Transducers

Definition of transducers – Classification of transducers – Advantages of Electrical

transducers – Characteristics and choice of transducers – Principle operation of resistor,

inductor, LVDT and capacitor transducers – LVDT Applications – Strain gauge and its

principle of operation – Guage factor – Thermistors – Thermocouples – Synchros – Piezo

electric transducers – Photo diodes.

UNIT–III:

Measurement of Non–Electrical Quantities

Measurement of strain – Gauge Sensitivity – Displacement – Velocity – Angular Velocity

– Acceleration – Force – Torque – Measurement of Temperature, Pressure, Vacuum, Flow,

Liquid level.

UNIT–IV:

Digital Voltmeters & Oscilloscope

Digital voltmeters – Successive approximation, ramp, dual–Slope integration continuous

balance type – Microprocessor based ramp type – DVM - Cathode ray oscilloscope – Time

base generator – Horizontal and vertical amplifiers – Measurement of phase and frequency

– Lissajous patterns.

UNIT–V:

Signal Analyzers

Wave Analyzers – Frequency selective analyzers – Heterodyne – Application of Wave

analyzers – Harmonic Analyzers – Total Harmonic distortion – Spectrum analyzers –

Basic spectrum analyzers – Spectral displays – Vector impedance meter – Q meter – Peak

reading and RMS voltmeters - digital frequency meter – Digital phase angle meter- Analog

and digital type data logger.

Text Books:

1. Electronic Instrumentation–by H.S.Kalsi Tata MCGraw–Hill Edition, 1995.

2. A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation,

A.K.Sawhney, Dhanpatrai & Co.



Reference Books:

1. Measurement and Instrumentation theory and application, Alan S.Morris and Reza

Langari, Elsevier.

2. Measurements Systems, Applications and Design – by D O Doeblin.

3. Principles of Measurement and Instrumentation – by A.S Morris, Pearson/ Prentice

Hall of India.

4. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement techniques – by A.D

Helfrick and W.D.Cooper, Pearson/Prentice Hall of India.

5. Transducers and Instrumentation by D.V.S Murthy, Prentice Hall of India.

Web Links:


2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103037/39


****


https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103037/39

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103105064/36



OOPS THROUGH JAVA

(Professional Elective-III)

Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:



CO/PO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)

CO 1(K2) - 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 2(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K3) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K2) - - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 6(K2) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO 7(K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K3) - - -

CO3 (K3) - - 3

CO4 (K3) - - 3

CO5 (K2) - - -

CO6 (K2) - - 3

CO7 (K3) 1 - -

VI Semester L T P C


COB 1: To introduce object oriented concepts.

COB 2: To provide knowledge on classes, inheritance, interfaces and packages.

COB 3: To make the students, understand exception handling and multithreading.

COB 4: To impart knowledge on Input /Output concepts and Applets.

COB 5: To enable the students develop standalone applications using AWT.

CO 1: Describe the basic concepts and building blocks of java.

CO 2: Solve complex problems using the concepts of class, inheritance, interface

and packages.

CO 3: Test for runtime exceptions arise in java applications.

CO 4: Make use of threads to create multithreaded java applications.

CO 5: Summarize different types of Streams in java.

CO 6: Apply java applets to standalone applications.

CO 7: Develop GUI applications using event handlers, adapter classes, AWT.



UNIT-I

The History and Evolution of Java: The Creation of Java, Java’s Magic: The Byte Code,

The Java Buzzwords. The Evolution of Java.

An Overview of Java: Object-Oriented Programming, A First Simple Program. Lexical

Issues: Identifiers, Literals, Comments.

Data Types, Variable and Arrays: The Primitive Types, Variables, Type Conversion and

Casting, Arrays.

Operators: Arithmetic Operators, Bitwise Operators, Relational Operators, Boolean

Logical Operators, Assignment Operators, The? Operator.

UNIT -II

Introducing Classes: Class Fundamentals, Declaring Objects, Assigning Object

Reference Variables, Introducing Methods, Constructors, The This Keyword, Garbage

Collection.

Inheritance: Inheritance Basics, Using Super, Creating Multi-Level Hierarchy, Method

Overriding, Dynamic Method Dispatch, Using Abstract Classes, Using Final with

Inheritance.

Packages and Interfaces:

Packages: Packages: Finding Packages and Finding Packages and CLASS PATH, A Short

Package Example, Access Protection, Importing Packages.

Interfaces: Interfaces: Defining an Interface, Implementing Interfaces, Nested Interfaces.

UNIT-III

Exception Handling: Exception Handling Fundamentals, Exception Types, Using try and

catch, Multiple Catch Clauses, Nested try Statements, Java’s Built-In Exceptions.

Multithreaded Programming: Java Thread Model, The Main Thread, Creating a Thread,

Creating Multiple Threads, Using isAlive() And join(),Thread Priorities, Synchronization,

Inter thread Communication, Suspending, Resuming and Stopping Threads, Using

Multithreading.

UNIT-IV

Input / Output: The Java I/O Classes and Interfaces, Reading Console Inputs, Writing

Console Output- Printwriter Class, Reading and Writing Files.

Applet Class:

Applet Basics, Applet Architecture, Applet Skelton, Simple Applet Display Methods.

UNIT-V

Event Handling: The Delegation Model, Sources of Event, Event Listener Interfaces,

Adapter Classes, Inner Classes.

AWT: AWT Classes, Containers and components, Layout managers.

Text Books:

1. The Complete Reference Java, Herbert Schildt, Eighth Edition, TMH, 2011.

2. Introduction to java programming, by Y Daniel Liang, Seventh Edition, Pearson,

2017.



Reference Books:

1. Programming in JAVA, Sachin Malhotra, Saurabh Choudary, Oxford, 2013.

2. Thinking in Java – Bruce Eckel, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.

3. Beginning Programming with Java for Dummies, Barry Burd, John Wiley & Sons

Inc., 2014.

4. Java one step ahead, Anita seth, B.L.Juneja, First Edition, Oxford, 2017.

Web Links:


2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/object-oriented-programming

3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/java/

4. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/java

5. http://www.w3schools.com/java



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS-IV


VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To equip the students to utilize the emerging trends in learning.

COB 2 : To equip the students with critical analytical, conceptual and other skills.

COB 3 : To enable students to work in different professions-teaching, software,

research, administration, etc.

COB 4 : To provide skills fit for job and fit for life and make them experts in their

respective area of study.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Find profit and loss, simple and compound interest for different models.

CO 2 : Identify leadership and make use of group dynamic skills.

CO 3 : Calculate solutions for time and work, time and distance and data

interpretation.

CO 4 : Define and focus on Interview skills.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K1) 1 - - - 1 1 2 1 - - - 3

CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 - 3 - - -

CO 3(K3) 3 2 - - 3 3 3 3 - - - 3

CO 4(K1) 1 1 - - - 1 2 - - - - -



CO 1(K1) - - -

CO 2(K2) 1 - 2

CO 3(K3) 1 - 3

CO 4(K1) - - -



UNIT-I:

Aptitude: Profit And Loss

Soft Skills: Group discussion -2, Importance-Definition-Objective-Types-Skills

Developed-Myths- Do's And Don’ts-Parameters of Evaluation- Process.

UNIT-II:

Aptitude: Simple Interest and Compound Interest.

Soft Skills: Speech- Debate -JAM -Importance -Do’s & Don’ts.

UNIT-III:

Aptitude: Time and Work, Pipes and Cisterns.

Soft Skills: Voice and Accent, Voice modulation, Phonetic training-Neutral Accent

Practice.

UNIT-IV:

Aptitude: Time and Distance, Trains, Boats and Streams.

Soft Skills: Leadership & Social Influence, flexibility, Group Dynamics.

UNIT-V:

Aptitude: Data Interpretation.

Soft Skills: Interview Skills-2, Mock Interviews, Evaluation-Feedback.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative Aptitude - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.

2. Quick Learning Objective General English – Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.

Reference Books

1. Quantitative Aptitude - Abhijit Guha Mc Graw Hill Publications.

2. Quantitative Aptitude –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.

Web Links

1. www.indiabix.com

2. www.bankersadda.com


http://www.bankersadda.com/



DATA STRUCTURES LAB

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart knowledge on linear and non-linear data structures.

COB 2: To familiarize with different sorting and searching techniques.

COB 3: To implement operations and applications of stacks and queues.

COB 4: To demonstrate operations of linked lists.

COB 5: To provide knowledge on trees and its operations.

COB 6: To illustrate concept of graphs, graph traversals, spanning trees.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, a student will be able to

CO 1: Develop programs using recursive functions.

CO 2: Illustrate stacks and queues using arrays and linked lists.

CO 3: Develop programs for searching and sorting algorithms.

CO 4: Illustrate programs on concepts of trees.

CO 5: Design an algorithm for graph traversals.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO 11

(K3)

PO 12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 - 3 2 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 3 1 - 3 2 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K1) 1 -- - 3 1 - - - - - - -


CO / PSO PSO1 (K5) PSO2 (K5) PSO3 (K3)

CO1 (K3) 3 3 2

CO2 (K2) 3 3 -

CO3 (K3) - - 3

CO4 (K2) 3 3 -

CO5 (K1) 1 - 3



List of Experiments:

1. a) Develop a program that use both recursive and non recursive functions to perform

Linear search for a Key value in a given list.

b) Develop a program that use both recursive and non recursive functions to perform

Binary search for a Key value in a given list.

2. Develop a program to implement Bubble sort, Quick sort to sort a given list of integers in

ascending order.

3. Develop a program to implement Merge sort.

4. Develop a program to implement stack operations using arrays.

5. Develop a program to implement Queue operations using arrays

6. Develop a program that uses Stack operations to Conversion of infix expression into

Post fix expression.

7. Develop a Cprogram that Create singly linked list and its operations.

8. Develop a program that implement stack operations, Queue operations using Linked List.

9. Develop a program to implement doubly linked list.

10. Develop a recursive and non-recursive program to traverse a binary tree in preorder,

In order and post order.

List of Augmented Experiments: (Any 2 of the following experiments can be performed)

1) Develop a program to create a Binary Search Tree of integers, insert, delete and search

integers into Binary search tree.

2) a) Develop a program to implement Breadth First Search graph traversal.

b) Develop a program to implement Depth First Search graph traversal.

3) Develop a program to simplify an algebraic string of characters having '+', '-' operators

and parenthesis. You need to print the simplified equation without the parenthesis.

Example: Input: a-(b+c)

Output: a-b-c

4) Develop a program to find out the minimum element in a binary search tree.

5) Given a graph G, develop a program to find whether it contains cycle or not.

Input: The first line contains two integers, N and E, denoting the number of nodes and

edges of G respectively.

The next E lines contain integers a and b, denoting the source and destination of an edge.

Output: In a single line, output "cyclic" if the graph contains cycle else "acyclic".

Example: Input: 4 4 0 1 0 2 2 0 3 2

Output: cyclic

6) Develop a program to implement Tower of Hanoi Problem.

Reference Books:

1. Data Structures And Algorithm Analysis In C, 2nd Ed, Mark Allen Weiss.

2. Data Structures And Algorithms, 2008, G. A.V.Pai, TMH.

3. Data Structures With C,Seymour Lipsehutz, TMH.



Web Links:


2 http://www.udacity.com/

3. http://www.courseera.com/

4. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-structures/

5. http://www.studytonight.com/data-structures/

****



POWER ELECTRONICS LAB

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To study the characteristics of various power electronic devices and analyze firing

circuits and commutation circuits of SCR.

COB 2: To analyze the performance of single–phase and three–phase full–wave bridge

converters with both resistive and inductive loads.

COB 3: To understand the operation of AC voltage regulator with resistive and inductive

loads.

COB 4: To understand the working of Buck converter, Boost converter and inverters.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Able to study the characteristics of various power electronic devices and analyze gate

drive circuits of IGBT.

CO 2: Able to analyze the performance of single–phase and three–phase full–wave bridge

converters with both resistive and inductive loads.

CO 3: Able to understand the operation of single phase AC voltage regulator with resistive

and inductive loads.

CO 4: Able to understand the working of Buck converter, Boost converter, single–phase

square wave inverter and PWM inverter.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2 ) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 -

CO2 (K2) 3 3 3

CO3 (K2 ) 3 3 3

CO4 (K3 ) 3 3 2

VI Semester L T P C





1. Study of Characteristics of Thyristor, MOSFET & IGBT.

2. Design and development of a firing circuit for Thyristor.

3. Design and development of gate drive circuits for IGBT.

4. Single -Phase half controlled converter with R and RL load

5. Single -Phase fully controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads

6. Single -Phase AC Voltage Regulator with R and RL Loads

7. Single -Phase square wave bridge inverter with R and RL Loads

8. Three- Phase fully controlled converter with RL–load.

9. Design and verification of voltages gain of Boost converter in Continuous

Conduction Mode (CCM) and Discontinuous Conduction Mode (DCM).

10. Design and verification of voltages ripple in buck converter in CCM operation.



1. Single -phase PWM inverter with sine triangle PWM technique.

2. 12. 3- Phase AC-AC voltage regulator with R-load.

3. Simulation of Buck, Boost and Buck-Boost converter.

4. Simulation of SPWM controlled Three-phase voltage source inverter.

5. Simulation of 3 phase half and full wave converter with R, RL, RLE and RE loads.

plot the waveforms for Voltage across and current through the switch.

6. Closed Loop simulation- Buck/Boost DC-DC converter.

Reference Books:

1. M.H.Rashid: Power Electronics-Circuits, Devices and Applications, 3rd Edition,

PHI, 2005.

2. Ned Mohan, T.M.Undeland and William P.Robbins: Power Electronics: Converters

and Applications, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2009.

Web Links:

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/characteristics-of-thyristor/

2. https://www.electrical4u.com/dual-converter

3. http://jntuk-coeerd.in/

****

https://www.electrical4u.com/dual-converter



UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To help the students acquire the knowledge onoperating principles and

characteristics of traction motors.

COB 2: To give the students with the knowledge ondifferent types of heating and

welding techniques.

COB 3: To make the students to understand the basic principles of illumination and its

measurement.

COB 4: To give the students with the knowledge ondifferent types of lightning system

including design.

COB 5: To make the students to understand the basic principle of electric traction

including speed–time curves of different traction services.

COB 6: To make the students to understand the method of calculation of various

traction system for braking, acceleration and other related parameters,

including demand side management of energy.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify a suitable motor for electric drives and industrial applications

CO 2: Identify most appropriate heating or welding techniques for suitable

applications.

CO 3: Determine the illumination levels produced by different illuminating sources

CO 4: Apply the most efficient illuminating sources and should be able to design

different lighting systems by taking inputs and constraints in view.

CO 5: Determine the speed-time characteristics of different types of traction motors

& Estimate energy consumption levels at various modes of operation.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

VII Semester L T P C






CO1 (K2 ) - - 2

CO2 (K5) 3 3 3

CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3

CO4 (K4 ) 3 2 3

CO5 (K4 ) 3 2 3

UNIT – I:

Introduction

Choice of motor, type of electric drives, starting and running characteristics–Speed

control–Temperature rise–Applications of electric drives–Types of industrial loads–

continuous–Intermittent and variable loads–Load equalization.

UNIT -II:

Electric Heating

Advantages and methods of electric heating–Resistance heating induction heating and

dielectric heating – Arc furnaces – Direct and indirect arc furnaces

Electric Welding

Electric welding–Resistance and arc welding–Electric welding equipment–Comparison

between AC and DC Welding.

UNIT-III:

Illumination fundamentals

Introduction, terms used in illumination–Laws of illumination–Polar curves–Integrating

sphere–Lux meter–Discharge lamps, MV and SV lamps – Lumen or flux method of

calculation - Sources of light.

Various Illumination Methods

Comparison between tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes–Basic principles of

light control– Types and design of lighting and flood lighting–LED lighting, principle of

operation, street lighting and domestic lighting – Conservation of energy.

UNIT – IV:

Electric Traction – I

System of electric traction and track electrification– Review of existing electric traction

systems in India– Special features of traction motor– Mechanics of train movement–

Speed–time curves for different services – Trapezoidal and quadrilateral speed time

curves-High speed transportation trains.

UNIT – V:

Electric Traction – II

Calculations of tractive effort– power –Specific energy consumption for given run–Effect

of varying acceleration and braking retardation–Adhesive weight and braking, retardation

adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion–Principles of energy efficient motors-Modern

traction motors.



Text Books:

3. Utilization of Electric Energy – by E. Openshaw Taylor, Orient Longman.

4. Art & Science of Utilization of electrical Energy – by Partab, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.

Reference Books:

1. Generation, Distribution and Utilization of electrical Energy – by C.L. Wadhwa,

New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 1997.

2. Utilization of Electric Power & Electric Traction – by J.B Gupta, S.K. Kataria&

Sons, 2013.

Web Links:



3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses

****



https://nptel.ac.in/courses



LINEAR AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS



Course Objectives:


COB 1 : To educate the students to understand the basic operation & performance

parameters of differential amplifiers.

COB 2 : To enable the students to understand & learn the measuring techniques of

performance parameters of an OPAMP.

COB 3 : To make the students to learn the linear and non-linear applications of

operational amplifiers.

COB 4 : To enable the students to understand the analysis & design of different types of

active filters using op amps

COB 5 : To facilitate the students to understand the concepts of DAC, ADC and active

filters using op amps.

COB 6 : To enable the students to learn the internal structure, operation and applications

of different analog ICs

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Demonstrate the basic concepts of operational amplifiers.

CO 2 : Explain about Op-Amp parameters & Measurement.

CO 3 : List the linear and non-linear applications of op-amp

CO 4 : Construct Active filters using Op-amp.

CO 5 : Compare different types of D-A & A-D Converters

CO 6 : Illustrate the applications of different analog ICs.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 - - - - -

CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 - - - - -

CO 3(K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 3 - - - - - -

CO 5(K5) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO 6(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 - - - - -





CO 1(K2) - - -

CO 2(K2) - - -

CO 3(K4) 2 - 3

CO 4(K3) 1 - 3

CO 5(K5) 3 - -

CO 6(K2) - - -

UNIT I:

Integrated circuits:

Differential Amplifier- DC and AC analysis of Dual input Balanced output Configuration,

Properties of other differential amplifier configuration (Dual Input Unbalanced Output,

Single Ended Input – Balanced/ Unbalanced Output), DC Coupling and Cascade

Differential Amplifier Stages, Level translator.

UNIT II:

Characteristics of op-amps: Integrated circuits-Types, Classification, Package Types and Temperature ranges, Power

supplies, Op-amp Block Diagram, ideal and practical Op-amp Specifications, DC and AC

characteristics, 741 op-amp & its features, Op-Amp parameters & Measurement, Input &

Out put Off set voltages & currents, slew rate, CMRR, PSRR, drift, Frequency

Compensation techniques.

UNIT–III:

Linear and non-linear applications of op-amps:

Inverting and Non inverting amplifier, Integrator and differentiator, Difference amplifier,

Instrumentation amplifier, AC amplifier, V to I, I to V converters, Buffers. Non- Linear

function generation, Comparators, Multi vibrators, Triangular and Square wave generators,

Log and Anti log Amplifiers, Precision rectifiers.

UNIT IV:

Active filters:

Design & Analysis of Butterworth active filters – 1st order, 2nd order LPF, HPF filters.

Band pass, Band reject and all pass filters.

Digital to analog and analog to digital converters:

Introduction, basic DAC techniques, weighted resistor DAC, R-2R ladder DAC, inverted

R-2R DAC, and IC 1408 DAC, Different types of ADCs – parallel Comparator type ADC,

counter type ADC, successive approximation ADC and dual slope ADC.DAC and ADC

Specifications, Specifications AD 574 (12 bit ADC).



UNIT V:

Timers & phase locked loops:

Introduction to 555 timer, functional diagram, Monostable and Astable operations and

applications, Schmitt Trigger; PLL - introduction, block schematic, principles and

description of individual blocks, 565 PLL, Applications of PLL – frequency

multiplication, frequency translation, AM, FM & FSK demodulators. Applications of VCO

(566).

Text books:

1. Linear Integrated Circuits – D. Roy Choudhury, New Age International (p) Ltd, 2nd

Edition,2003.

2. Op-Amps & Linear ICs - Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, PHI, 1987.

3. Operational Amplifiers–C.G. Clayton, Butterworth & Company Publ.

Ltd./Elsevier, 1971

Reference books:

1. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits –Sanjay Sharma, SK Kataria

&Sons, 2nd Edition, 2010.

2. Design with Operational Amplifiers & Analog Integrated Circuits – Sergio Franco,

McGraw Hill, 1988.

3. OP AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits concepts and Applications, James M

Fiore, Cenage Learning India Ltd.

4. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits–R.F.Coughlin & Fredrick

Driscoll, PHI, 6th Edition.

Web Links:


2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-01sc-

introduction-to-electrical-engineering-and-computer-science-i-spring-2011/unit-3-

circuits/op-amps/

3. http://www.creativeworld9.com/2011/02/learn-linear-ic-applications-through.html


https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-01sc-introduction-to-electrical-engineering-and-computer-science-i-spring-2011/unit-3-circuits/op-amps/



http://www.creativeworld9.com/2011/02/learn-linear-ic-applications-through.html



POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To understand optimal dispatch of generation with and without losses.

COB 2: To study the optimal scheduling of hydro thermal systems.

COB 3: To study the optimal unit commitment problem.

COB 4: To study the load frequency control for single area system with and without

controllers

COB 5:

COB 6:

To study the load frequency control for two area system with and without

controllers

To understand the reactive power control and compensation of transmission lines.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Able to compute optimal scheduling of Generators.

CO 2: Able to understand hydrothermal scheduling.

CO 3: Understand the unit commitment problem.

CO 4: Able to understand importance of the frequency.

CO 5:

CO 6:

Understand importance of PID controllers in single area and two area systems.

Will understand reactive power control and compensation for transmission line.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -

CO6(K4 ) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2 ) - - 2

CO2 (K2) - - 2

CO3 (K2 ) - - 2

CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 3

CO5 (K4 ) 2 2 3

CO6 (K4 ) 2 2 3

VII Semester

L T P C

Course Code: 171EE7T20

3 1 0 3



UNIT–I:

Economic Operation of Power Systems

Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal power stations, – Heat rate curve – Cost

Curve –Incremental fuel and Production costs – Input–output characteristics – Optimum

generation allocation with line losses neglected – Optimum generation allocation including

the effect of transmission line losses – Loss Coefficients – General transmission line loss

formula.

UNIT–II:

Hydrothermal Scheduling

Optimal scheduling of Hydrothermal System: Hydroelectric power plant models –

Scheduling problems – Short term hydrothermal scheduling, Long term hydrothermal

scheduling problem.

UNIT–III:

Unit Commitment

Optimal unit commitment problem – Need for unit commitment – Constraints in unit

commitment – Cost function formulation – Solution methods – Priority ordering –

Dynamic programming.

UNIT–IV:

Load Frequency Control

Modeling of steam turbine – Generator – Mathematical modeling of speed governing

system– Transfer function –Definitions of Control area – Single area control system –

Block diagram representation of an isolated power system – Steady state analysis –

Dynamic response – Uncontrolled case. Proportional plus Integral control of single area

and its block diagram representation – Steady state response. Block diagram development

of Load Frequency Control of two area system uncontrolled case and controlled case. Tie-

line bias control. Load Frequency Control and Economic dispatch control.

UNIT–V:

Reactive Power Control

Overview of Reactive Power control – Reactive Power compensation in transmission

systems – Advantages and disadvantages of different types of compensating equipment for

transmission systems – Load compensation – Specifications of load compensator –

Uncompensated and compensated transmission lines: Shunt and series compensation –

Need for FACTS controllers.



Text Books:

1. Electric Energy systems Theory – by O. I. Elgerd, Tata McGraw–hill Publishing

Company Ltd., 2nd edition.

2. Modern Power System Analysis – by I. J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, Tata McGraw

Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2nd edition.

Reference Books:

1. Power System Analysis and Design by J. Duncan Glover and M. S. Sarma,

Thompson, 3rdEdition.

2. Power System Analysis by Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill.

3. Power System Analysis by Hadi Saadat – TMH Edition.

4. Power System stability & control, Prabha Kundur, TMH

Web Links:


2. https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/108101040/


****


https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/108101040/




SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTION

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To enable the students studythe principles of arc interruption for application

to high voltage circuit breakers of air, oil, vacuum, SF6 gas type.

COB 2: To facilitate the students to understand the working principle and operation of

different types of electromagnetic protective relays

COB 3: To acquaint with the Students knowledge of faults and protective schemes for

high power generator and transformers.

COB 4: To understand Improves the ability to understand various types of protective

schemes used for feeders and bus bar protection.

COB 5: Able to understand different types of static relays and their applications..

COB 6: Able to understand different types of over voltages and protective schemes

required for insulation co–ordination.

.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Apply the Knowledge of arc interruption for application to high voltage

circuit breakers of air, oil, vacuum, SF6 gas type

CO 2: Know the working principle and operation of different types of

electromagnetic protective relays

CO 3: Notify with protective schemes for high power generator and transformers.

CO 4: Apply the knowledge Improves the ability to understand various types of

protective schemes used for feeders and bus bar protection.

CO 5: Recognize different types of static relays and their applications

CO 6: Identify the different types of over voltages and protective schemes required

for insulation co–ordination..


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO6(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -


Course Code: 171EE7T21

3 1 0 3





CO1 (K3 ) 1 1 3

CO2 (K2) - - 2

CO3 (K2 ) - - 2

CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 3

CO5 (K2 ) - - 2

CO6 (K2 ) - - 2

UNIT-I

Circuit Breakers

Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) – Elementary principles of arc interruption– Restriking

Voltage and Recovery voltages– Restriking phenomenon –Rate of Rise of Restriking

Voltage (RRRV)- Current chopping and Resistance switching– Introduction to oil circuit

breakers–

Description and operation of Air Blast– Vacuum and SF6 circuit breakers– CB ratings and

specifications– Concept of Auto reclosing.

UN1T-II

Electromagnetic Protection

Relay connection – Balanced beam type attracted armature relay - induction disc and

induction cup relays–Torque equation - Relays classification–Instantaneous– DMT and

IDMT types– Applications of relays: Over current and under voltage relays– Direction

alrelays– Differential relays and percentage differential relays– Universal torque equation–

Distance relays: Impedance– Reactance– Mho and offset mho relays– Characteristics of

distance relays and comparison.

UNIT-III

Generator Protection

Protection of generators against stator faults– Rotor faults and abnormal conditions–

restricted earth fault and inter turn fault protection– Numerical examples.

Transformer Protection

Protection of transformers: Percentage differential protection– Design of CT’s ratio–

Buchholz relay protection–Numerical examples.

Feeder and Bus bar Protection

Protection of lines: Over current Protection schemes – PSM, TMS - Numerical examples -

Carrier current and three zone distance relay using impedance relays–Protection of bus

bars by using Differential protection

UNIT-IV

Static and Digital Relays

Static relays: Static relay components– Static over current relays– Static distance relay–

Microprocessor based digital relays



UNIT-V

Protection against over voltage and grounding

Generation of over voltages in power systems– Protection against lightning over voltages–

Valve type and zinc oxide lighting arresters– Insulation coordination– BIL– impulse ratio–

Standard impulse test wave– volt-time characteristics– Grounded and ungrounded neutral

systems–Effects of ungrounded neutral on system performance– Methods of neutral

grounding: Solid–resistance–Reactance–Arcing grounds and grounding Practices.

Text Books:

1. Power System Protection and Switchgear by Badri Ram and D. N Viswakarma,

TMH Publications.

2. Power system protection- Static Relays with microprocessor applications.byT. S.

MadhavaRao, TMH.

Reference Books:

1. Fundamentals of Power System Protection by Paithankar andS.R.Bhide., PHI,

2003.

2. Art & Science of Protective Relaying – by C R Mason, Wiley Eastern Ltd.

3. Protection and SwitchGear by BhaveshBhalja, R.P. Maheshwari, NileshG.

Chothani, Oxford University Press, 2013.

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/108101039/

2. http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/

3. https://www.elsevier.com/books/

****

https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/108101039/

http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/



OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

(Professional Elective-IV)



Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To impart the fundamental knowledge of objective function and constraint

functions in terms of design variables.

COB 2 : To enable the students to understand varies kinds of linear and nonlinear,

single and multiple variable, unconstrained and constrained optimization

problems using standard optimization algorithms.

COB 3 : To impart the knowledge of evolutionary programming techniques.

COB 4 : To make the students understand basic principles of Genetic Algorithms

and Partial Swarm Optimization

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Explain of basic concept of Optimization Techniques

CO 2 : Solve the single variable and multi variables by classical optimization

techniques

CO 3 : Calculate the linear program by simplex and duality.

CO 4 : Solve the single variable and multivariable of constrained and

unconstrained optimization problems

CO 5 : Explain the evolutionary methods and swarm intelligence systems


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO 3(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO 5(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K2) 1 - 2

CO 2(K3) 1 - -

CO 3(K3) 1 - 1

CO 4(K3) 1 - -

CO 5(K2) 1 - -



UNIT- I

Introduction and Classical Optimization Techniques:

Statement of an Optimization problem, design vector, design constraints, constraint

surface, objective function and objective function surfaces – classification of Optimization

problems.

UNIT- II Classical Optimization Techniques:

Single variable Optimization, multi variable Optimization without constraints, necessary and

sufficient conditions for minimum/maximum, multivariable Optimization with equality constraints.

Solution by method of Lagrange multipliers, multivariable Optimization with inequality constraints

– Kuhn – Tucker conditions.

UNIT- III Linear Programming:

Standard form of a linear programming problem, geometry of linear programming problems,

definitions and theorems, solution of a system of linear simultaneous equations, pivotal reduction

of a general system of equations, motivation to the simplex method, simplex algorithm, Duality in

Linear Programming and Dual Simplex method.

UNIT- IV

Nonlinear Programming:

Unconstrained cases One-dimensional minimization methods: Classification, Fibonacci

method and Quadratic interpolation method, Univariate method, Powell’s method and

steepest descent method.

Constrained cases

Characteristics of a constrained problem, Classification, Basic approach of Penalty

Function method, Basic approaches of Interior and Exterior penalty function methods.

Introduction to convex Programming Problem.

UNIT- V

Introduction to Evolutionary Methods:

Evolutionary programming methods Introduction to Genetic Algorithms (GA), Control

parameters, Number of generation, population size, selection, reproduction, crossover and

mutation. Operator selection criteria, Simple mapping of objective function to fitness

function and constraints, Genetic algorithm steps, Stopping criteria and Simple examples.

Introduction to Swarm Intelligence Systems: Swarm intelligence programming

methods. Basic Partial Swarm Optimization Method, Characteristic features of PSO

procedure of the global version, Parameters of PSO (Simple PSO algorithm, Operators

selection criteria and Fitness function constraints). Comparison with other evolutionary

techniques and Engineering applications of PSO.

Text Books:

1. Engineering optimization: Theory and practice / S. S.Rao, New Age International (P)

Limited, 3rd edition, 1998.Power Plant Engineering /P.C.Sharma / S.K.Kataria Pub.

2. Soft Computing with Matlab Programming by N.P.Padhy & S.P.Simson, Oxford

University Press – 2015.



Reference Books:

1. Optimization methods in operations Research and Systems Analysis” by K.V.Mitaland

C.Mohan, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 3rd edition, 1996.2. Power

station Engineering – ElWakil / McGrawHill.

2. Genetic Algorithms in search, optimization, and Machine Learning by David

E.Goldberg, ISBN: 978-81-7758-829-3, Pearson by Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.

3. Operations Research: An Introduction by H.A.Taha, PHI pvt. Ltd., 6th edition.

4. Linear Programming by G.Hadley.

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105108127/pdf/Module_1/M1L4slides.pdf

2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105108127/pdf/Module_3/M3L3_LN.pdf

3. http://web.tecnico.ulisboa.pt/mcasquilho/compute/com/,Fibonacci/pdfHXu_ch1.pdf

4. https://www.iitg.ac.in/rkbc/CE602/CE602/Genetic%20Algorithms.pdf

5. http://www.iitg.ac.in/rkbc/CE602/CE602/Particle%20Swarm%20Algorithms.pdf

http://web.tecnico.ulisboa.pt/mcasquilho/compute/com/,Fibonacci/pdfHXu_



DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING



Course Code : 171EE7E12 3 1 0 3

Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To impart the knowledge about continuous and discrete time signals.

COB 2 : To test the different systems based on their properties and calculate the

frequency response.

COB 3 : To compute DFT using Fast Fourier Transforms.

COB 4 : To study various types of IIR filter structures.

COB 5 : To determine and implement the appropriate type of design method for

FIR filters.

COB 6 : To outline the concepts of decimation, interpolation, power spectrum

estimation.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Analyze Discrete Time Signals and Systems.

CO 2 : Determine the frequency response of different systems using DTFT.

CO 3 : Translate the DFT approach into algorithm approach FFT.

CO 4 : Design IIR & FIR filters using different techniques.

CO 5 : Analyze multi rate DSP systems.



CO / PSO PSO 1(K5) PSO 2 (K5) PSO 3 (K3)

CO 1(K4) 1 -

CO 2(K5) 3 - -

CO 3(K2) - - 1

CO 4(K6) 1 - -

CO 5(K4) 1 - -

CO/PO PO1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1) CO 1(K4) 3 - 1 2 - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K5) - 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K2) - 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K6) - - 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K4) 3 - 1 2 - - - - - - - -



UNIT I:

Introduction:

Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Discrete time signals & sequences, Linear shift

invariant systems, Stability and causality, Linear constant coefficient difference equations.

UNIT II:

Discrete Fourier Series:

Properties of discrete Fourier series, DFS representation of periodic sequences, Discrete

Fourier transforms: Properties of DFT, linear convolution of sequences using DFT,

Computation of DFT. Relation between Z–transform and DFS.

UNIT III:

Fast Fourier Transforms:

Frequency domain representation of discrete time signals and systems, Fast Fourier

transforms (FFT), Radix–2 decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT

Algorithms, Inverse FFT and FFT for composite N.

UNIT IV:

Realization of Digital Filters:

Solution of difference equations of digital filters, Block diagram representation of linear

constant, Coefficient difference equations, Basic structures of IIR systems, Transposed

forms, Basic structures of FIR systems, System function.

IIR Digital Filters:

Analog filter approximations – Butter worth and Chebyshev, Design of IIR Digital filters

from analog filters, Design Examples: Analog, Digital transformations.

FIR Digital Filters:

Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters, Frequency response, Design of FIR Digital Filters

using Window Techniques, Frequency Sampling technique, Comparison of IIR & FIR

filters.

UNIT V:

Multirate Digital Signal Processing:

Decimation, Interpolation, Down sampling, Up sampling rate, Conversion, Implementation

of sampling rate conversion.

Text Books:

1. Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms, and Applications:

JohnG.Proakis, Dimitris G.Manolakis, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2007.

2. Discrete Time Signal Processing: A.V.Oppenheim and R.W. Schaffer,PHI, 3rd

Edition, 2014.



Reference Books:

1. Digital Signal Processing, Andreas Antoniou, TATA McGraw Hill, 1st Edition,

2006.

2. Digital Signal Processing, P. Ramesh Babu, SciTech Publications, 4th Edition,

2007.

3. Digital Signal Processing, Tarun Kumar Rawat, Oxford University Press, 1st

Edition, 2015.

4. Multirate Systems and Filter Banks, P.P.Vaidyanathan, Pearson, 1st Edition.

Web Links:

1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_signal_processing

2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/digital_signal_processing/index.htm

3. http:// nptel.ac.in/courses/117101055/30

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_signal_processing

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/digital_signal_processing/index.htm




SPECIAL ELECTRICAL MACHINES


COB 1: To assist the students to know the theory of operation and control of switched

reluctance motor.

COB 2: To enable the student to understand the performance and control of stepper

motors, and their applications.

COB 3: To facilitate the students to know the operation and characteristics of

permanent magnet dc motor.

COB 4: To distinguish between brush dc motor and brush less dc motor.

COB 5: To help the students acquire the theory of travelling magnetic field and

applications of linear motors.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Distinguish between brush dc motor and brush less dc motor.

CO 2: Explain the performance and control of stepper motors, and their applications.

CO 3: Describe theory of operation and control of switched reluctance motor.

CO 4: Explicate the theory of travelling magnetic field and applications of linear motors.

CO 5: Know the significance of electrical motors for traction drives.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K4 ) 3 3 2 - - - 1 - 1 - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - 2 3

CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - 2 3

CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 2

CO5 (K1) 1 - - - 1 - 3 - - - 1 3



CO1 (K4 ) 2 2 -

CO2 (K2) - - 2

CO3 (K2 ) - - 2

CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 -

CO5 (K1) - - -


Course Code: 171EE7E13

Course Objectives:

3

1

0

3



UNIT-I

Permanent magnet materials and PMDC motors

Introduction-classification of permanent magnet materials used in electrical machines-

minor hysteresis loop and recoil line-Stator frames of conventional dc machines-

Development of electronically commutated dc motor from conventional dc motor-

Permanent-magnet materials and characteristics-B-H loop and demagnetization

characteristics-Temperature effects: reversible and irreversible losses-high temperature

effects-reversible losses- Irreversible losses recoverable by magnetization-Mechanical

properties, handling and magnetization-Application of permanent magnets in motors-

power density-operating temperature range-severity of operation duty.

UN1T-II

Stepper Motors:

Classification of stepper motors – Hybrid and Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM) -

Construction and principle of hybrid type synchronous stepper motor – Different

configuration for switching the phase windings control circuits for stepper motors – Open

loop and closed loop control of 2-phase hybrid stepping motor. Construction and principle

of operation of Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM) – Single stack and multiple stack –

Open loop control of 3- phase VR Stepper Motor- Applications.

UNIT-III

Switched Reluctance Motors:

Construction – Comparison of conventional and switched reluctance motors – Design of

stator and rotor pole arcs – Torque producing principle and torque expression – Different

converter configurations for SRM – Drive and power circuits for SRM – Position sensing

of rotor – Applications of SRM.

UNIT-IV

Square Wave Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motor:

Types of constructions – Surface mounted and interior type permanent magnet – Principle

of operation of BLDC motor. Torque and EMF equations – Torque speed characteristics –

Performance and efficiency- Square wave brushless motors with 1200 and 1800 magnetic

areas commutation.

UNIT-V

Sine wave Permanent Magnet Brushless Motor

Torque and EMF equations – Phasor Diagram – Circle diagram – Torque/speed

characteristics – Comparison between square wave and sine wave permanent magnet

motors - Applications.



Induction Motors (LIM)

Construction– principle of operation–Double sided LIM from rotating type Induction

Motor – Schematic of LIM drive for traction – Development of one sided LIM with back

iron- equivalent circuit of LIM.

Text Books:

1. Brushless Permanent magnet and reluctance motor drives, Clarenden press, T.J.E.

Miller, 1989, Oxford.

2. Special electrical Machines, K.Venkata Ratnam, University press, 2009, New

Delhi.

Reference Books:

1. Special electrical machines, E.G. Janardhanan, PHI learning private limited, 2014.

2. Generalized theory of Electrical Machines – P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers.

3. Electrical Technology - Volume II - AC and DC Machines, B.L Thareja - A.K.

Theraja, S.Chand Publishers.

Web Links:

1. https://www.scribd.com/doc/207769552/Special-Electrical-Machines-PPT

****

https://www.scribd.com/doc/207769552/Special-Electrical-Machines-PPT



HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING

(Professional Elective-V)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To enable the students study electric field distribution and computation in

different configuration of electrode systems.

COB 2: To facilitate the students know HV breakdown phenomena in gases, liquids and

solids dielectrics.

COB 3: To acquaint with the generating principle of operation and design of HVDC,

AC and Impulse voltages and currents.

COB 4: To understand various techniques of AC, DC and Impulse measurement of high

voltages and currents.

COB 5: To help the students acquire the insulating characteristics of dielectric materials.

COB 6: To assist the students to know the various testing techniques of HV equipments.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Aware with the performance of high voltages with regard to different

configurations of electrode systems.

CO 2: Know the theory of breakdown and withstand phenomena of all types of

dielectric materials.

CO 3: Notify with the techniques of generation of AC, DC and Impulse voltages.

CO 4: Apply knowledge for measurement of high voltage and high current AC, DC

and Impulse.

CO 5: Recognize measure dielectric property of material used for HV equipment.

CO 6: Identify the techniques of testing for various equipment’s used in HV

engineering.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 - - - -

CO2 (K2) - 1 - - - 2 3 2 - - - -

CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - 3 - -

CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 - - - 3 3 3 - -

CO5 (K4 ) - - 2 2 3 - 2 3 - - 3 1

CO6 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 - 3 - 3 - 2 3 -

VII Semester

L T P C






CO1 (K2 ) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K2 ) - - -

CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 -

CO5 (K4 ) 2 2 -

CO6 (K4 ) 2 2 -

UNIT-I

Introduction to High Voltage Technology:

Electric Field Stresses – Uniform and non–uniform field configuration of electrodes –

Estimation and control of electric Stress – Numerical methods for electric field

computation.

UN1T-II

Break down phenomenon in gaseous, liquid and solid insulation:

Gases as insulating media – Collision process – Ionization process – Townsend’s criteria

of breakdown in gases – Paschen’s law – Liquid as Insulator – Pure and commercial

liquids – Breakdown in pure and commercial liquid – Intrinsic breakdown –

Electromechanical breakdown – Thermal breakdown – Breakdown of solid dielectrics,

composite dielectrics used in practice.

UNIT-III

Generation of High voltages and High currents:

Generation of high DC voltages – Generation of high alternating voltages – Generation of

impulse voltages and currents – Tripping and control of impulse generators.

UNIT-IV

Measurement of high voltages and High currents:

Measurement of high AC, DC and Impulse voltages – Voltages and measurement of high

currents – Direct, alternating and Impulse.

UNIT-V

Non–destructive testing of material and electrical apparatus:

Measurement of DC resistivity – Measurement of dielectric constant and loss factor –

Partial discharge measurements.

High voltage testing of electrical apparatus:

Testing of insulators and bushings – Testing of isolators and circuit breakers – Testing of

cables – Testing of transformers – Testing of surge arresters – Radio interference

measurements.



Text Books:

1. High Voltage Engineering: Fundamentals by E.Kuffel, W.S.Zaengl, J.Kuffel by

Elsevier, 2nd Edition.

2. High Voltage Engineering by M.S.Naidu and V. Kamaraju — TMH Publications,

3rd Edition.

Reference Books:

1. High Voltage Engineering by C.L.Wadhwa, NewAge Internationals (P) Limited,

1997.

2. High Voltage Insulation Engineering by Ravindra Arora, Wolfgang Mosch, New

Age International (P) Limited, 1995.

3. High Voltage Engineering and Technology by Ryan, lET Publishers.

Web Links:


2. http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/download-center/books-and-

guides/electricity-generation-t-d/lecture-notes-hv-engineering

3. https://www.elsevier.com/books/high-voltage-engineering-fundamentals/kuffel/

978-0-7506-3634-6

****


http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/download-center/books-and-guides/electricity-generation-t-d/lecture-notes-hv-engineering

http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/download-center/books-and-guides/electricity-generation-t-d/lecture-notes-hv-engineering



ELECTRIC POWER QUALITY (Professional Elective-V)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To learn different types of power quality phenomena.

COB 2: To identify sources for voltage sag, voltage swell, interruptions, transients,

long duration over voltages and harmonics in a power system.

COB 3: To describe power quality terms and study power quality standards.

COB 4: To learn the principle of voltage regulation and power factor improvement

methods.

COB 5: To explain the relationship between distributed generation and power quality

COB 6: To understand the power quality monitoring concepts and the usage of

measuring instruments

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Differentiate between different types of power quality problems.

CO 2: Explain the sources of voltage sag, voltage swell, interruptions, transients, long

duration over voltages and harmonics in a power system.

CO 3: Analyze power quality terms and power quality standards.

CO 4: Explain the principle of voltage regulation and power factor improvement methods

CO 5: Demonstrate the relationship between distributed generation and power quality.

CO 6: Explain the power quality monitoring concepts and the usage of measuring

instruments..


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2 ) 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4 ) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO6(K4 ) 3 - 2 - 2 - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 -

CO2 (K2) 2 - -

CO3 (K2 ) 2 - -

CO4 (K3 ) 3 1 -

CO5 (K4 ) 3 2 -

CO6 (K4 ) 3 - 2





UNIT-I

Introduction:

Overview of power quality – Concern about the power quality – General classes of power

quality and voltage quality problems – Transients – Long–duration voltage variations –

Short–duration voltage variations – Voltage unbalance – Waveform distortion – Voltage

fluctuation – Power frequency variations.

UNIT-II

Voltage imperfections in power systems:

Power quality terms – Voltage sags – Voltage swells and interruptions – Sources of

voltage sag, swell and interruptions – Nonlinear loads – IEEE standard 519-2014 and IEC

standard 61000. Source of transient over voltages – Principles of over voltage protection –

Devices for over voltage protection –Utility capacitor switching transients

UNIT-III

Voltage Regulation and power factor improvement:

Principles of regulating the voltage – Device for voltage regulation – Utility voltage

regulator application – Capacitor for voltage regulation – End–user capacitor application–

Regulating utility voltage with distributed resources – Flicker – Power factor penalty –

Static VAR compensations for power factor improvement.

UNIT-IV

Harmonic distortion and solutions: Voltage distortion vs. Current distortion – Harmonics vs. Transients – Harmonic indices –

Sources of harmonics – Effect of harmonic distortion – Impact of capacitors, transformers,

motors and meters – Point of common coupling – Passive and active filtering – Numerical

problems.

UNIT-V

Distributed Generation and Power Quality: Resurgence of distributed generation – DG technologies – Interface to the utility system –

Power quality issues and operating conflicts – DG on low voltage distribution networks.

Monitoring and Instrumentation:

Power quality monitoring and considerations – Historical perspective of PQ measuring

instruments – PQ measurement equipment – Assessment of PQ measuring data –

Application of intelligent systems – PQ monitoring standards.

Text Books: 1. Electrical Power Systems Quality, Dugan R C, McGranaghan M F, Santoso S,

and Beaty H W, Second Edition, McGraw–Hill, 3rd edition, 2012,.

2. Electric power quality problems –M.H.J.Bollen IEEE series-Wiley India

publications, 2011.

3. Power Quality Primer, Kennedy B W, First Edition, McGraw–Hill, 2000.

Understanding Power Quality Problems: Voltage Sags and Interruptions, Bollen M

HJ, First Edition, IEEE Press; 2000



Reference Books:

1. Power System Harmonics, Arrillaga J and Watson N R, Second Edition, John

Wiley & Sons, 2003.

2. Electric Power Quality control Techniques, W. E. Kazibwe and M. H. Sendaula,

Van Nostrad Reinhold, New York.

3. Power Quality C.Shankaran, CRC Press, 2001

Web Links:

1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electric_power_quality

2. https://www.accessengineeringlibrary.com/browse/power-quality-in-electrical-

systems

3. www.p3-inc.com/images/what_is_power_quality.pdf


****

http://www.p3-inc.com/images/what_is_power_quality.pdf




EXTRA HIGH VOLTAGE AC TRANSMISSION (Professional Elective-V)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To enable the students to calculate the transmission line parameters.

COB 2: To assist the students to analysis the several phenomena like electrostatic

field, charges, and voltage gradient and conductor configuration.

COB 3: To help the students acquire the knowledge of corona, RI and audible noise in

EHV and UHV lines.

COB 4: To assist the students to know the voltage control and compensation problems

in EHV and UHV transmission systems.

COB 5: To facilitate the students know SVC schemes and Harmonics injected into

network by TCR.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Calculate the transmission line parameters.

CO 2: Analysis the several phenomena like electrostatic field, charges, and voltage gradient

and conductor configuration.

CO 3: Determine the corona, RI and audible noise in EHV and UHV lines.

CO 4: Analyze voltage control and compensation problems in EHV and UHV transmission

systems.

CO 5: Know about SVC schemes and Harmonics injected into network by TCR.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3 ) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - - -

CO2 (K4) - - 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 3 -

CO3 (K5 ) - - - 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 - -

CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 - 3 - 2 - - - - -

CO5 (K2 ) 2 1 2 2 3 2 - - 2 -



CO1 (K3 ) - 1 -

CO2 (K4) 2 - -

CO3 (K5 ) - 3 -

CO4 (K4 ) 2 - -

CO5 (K2 ) - - 2





UNIT-I

Introduction of EHV AC transmission:

Extra High Voltage AC Transmission, line trends and preliminary aspects, standard

transmission Voltages – power handling capacities and line losses – mechanical aspects.

Calculation of line resistance and inductance: resistance of conductors, temperature rise of

conductor and current carrying capacity. Properties of bundled conductors and geometric

mean radius of bundle, inductance of two conductor lines and multi conductor lines,

Maxwell’s coefficient matrix. Line capacitance calculation. Capacitance of two conductor

line, and capacitance of multi conductor lines, potential coefficients for bundled conductor

lines, sequence inductances and capacitances and diagonalization.

UN1T-II

Effect of Electrostatic Field &Surface voltage Gradient:

Calculation of electro static field of AC lines - Effect of high electrostatic field on

biological organisms and human beings. Surface voltage Gradient on conductors, surface

gradient on two conductor bundle and cosine law, maximum surface voltage gradient of

bundle with more than 3 sub conductors, Mangolt formula.

UNIT-III

Corona Effect:

Corona in EHV lines – corona loss formulae – attenuation of traveling waves due to

corona – Audio noise due to corona, its generation, characteristics and limits, measurement

of audio noise.

Measurement of RI, RIV and excitation functions.

UNIT-IV

Power Frequency voltage control:

Problems at power frequency, generalized constants, No load voltage conditions and

charging currents, voltage control using synchronous condenser, cascade connection of

components : Shunt and series compensation, sub synchronous resonance in series –

capacitor compensated lines.

UNIT-V

Static reactive compensating systems:

Introduction, SVC schemes, Harmonics injected into network by TCR, design of filters for

suppressing harmonics injected into the system.

Text Books:

1. EHVAC Transmission Engineering by R DBegamudre, New Age International (P)

Ltd.

2. EHVAC and HVDC Transmission Engineering and Practice –S.Rao.

Reference Books:

1. Extra High Voltage AC Transmission Engineering – Rakesh Das Begamudre,

Wiley Eastern ltd., New Delhi – 1987.

2. EHV Transmission line reference book – Edison Electric Institute (GEC) 1986.



Web Links:

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses /108108033/


3. http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/5531939/?denied

****

http://nptel.ac.in/courses%20/108108033/


http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/5531939/?denied



POWER SYSTEMS SIMULATION LAB



Course Objectives:

COB 5 : To measure sequence impedances of Transformer & Alternator.

COB 6 : To measure A,B,C,D parameters of Short, Medium and Long Transmission

lines

COB 7 : To measure Active and Reactive power at various buses.

COB 8 : To understand the locus diagrams

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Determine sequence impedances of Transformer & Alternator.

CO 2: Apply and measure A,B,C,D parameters of Short, Medium and Long Transmission

lines CO 3: Evaluate Active and Reactive power at various buses.

CO 4: Able to draw the locus diagrams


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K5) 3 - - 3 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K5) - - 3 3 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K4) 1 1 3

CO2 (K3) 1 1 3

CO3 (K5) 3 3 3

CO4 (K5) 3 3 3



List of experiments (Week 1-Week 10):

1. Sequence impedances of 3 phase Transformer.

2. Sequence impedances of 3 phase Alternator by Fault Analysis.

3. Sequence impedances of 3 phase Alternator by Direct method.

4. ABCD parameters of Transmission line.

5. Power Angle Characteristics of 3phase Alternator with infinite bus bars.

6. Calibration of Tong Tester.

7. Load flow studies using Gauss-Seidel method.

8. Load flow studies using N-R method.

9. Load frequency control without PI controller.

10. Load frequency control with PI controller.


(Any two of the following experiments can be performed).

1. Economic load dispatch without losses.

2. Economic load dispatch with losses.

3. Transient Stability Analysis.

4. Formation of Bus Admittance Matrices and Solution of Network.

5. Formation of Bus Impedance Matrices and Solution of Network.

6. Fast decoupled load flow analysis.

Reference Books:

1. Modern Power System Analysis by Nagrath Kothari, Mcgraw Higher Ed, 4th

Edition, 2011

2. Power System Operation and Control by S. Sivanagaraju, Pearson Education India,

2009.

3. Power system Analysis–by John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMC

Companies, 4thedition.

4. Power System Analysis and Design by B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publishing.

Web Links:


2. https://www.electrical4u.com/performance-of-transmission-line/

3. https://gradeup.co/models-and-performance-of-transmission-lines-and-cables-i-

ebfce936-c584-11e5-baa5-76adddde8c47

4. http://www.crectirupati.com

***

https://docs.google.com/file/d/0B5vXY4-Kg5GeN19FVjNvVXZlTjg/


https://www.electrical4u.com/performance-of-transmission-line/



http://www.crectirupati.com/



MICRO PROCESSOR AND MICRO CONTROLLERS LAB



Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To familiarize the students with assembly level programming.

COB 2 : To provide the knowledge about interfacing 8086 with peripherals.

COB 3 : To make the students to understand the microcontroller programming.

COB 4 : To impart the knowledge on the applications of microcontrollers.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Apply the fundamentals of assembly level programming of microprocessors.

Develop interfacing circuits with 8086.

CO 2 : Relate the assembly level programming of microprocessors with

microcontrollers.

CO 3 : Design interfacing circuits with 8051.




CO 1(K3) - - 3

CO 2(K3) 1 - 3

CO 3(K2) - - -

List of experiments (Week 1- Week 10):

(Minimum of ten experiments has to be performed)

1. Arithmetic operations on 8 bit & 16 Bit, Multi-byte addition/subtraction. 2. Sum of squares/cubes of a given n-numbers. 3. Addition of n-BCD numbers. 4. Factorial of given n-numbers. 5. Sorting. 6. Interfacing of 8086 using Software Interrupt Application.

7. Interfacing of D/A through Intel 8255.

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 2 - 1 - - 3 - - - - -

CO 2(K3) - 2 1 - 3 - 3 - - - - -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -



8. Keyboard and Display Interface through Intel 8279. 9. Find number of 1’s and number of 0’s in a given 8-bit number Using 8051. 10. Addition of even numbers from a given array Using 8051. 11. Interfacing of 8051 using Switches and LEDs. 12. Interfacing of 8051 using Stepper Motor Interface.

Augmented Experiments:

(Minimum of two experiments has to be performed)

1. Interfacing of 8086 with Traffic Light Controller.

2. Generation of waveforms using Intel 8253/8254.

3. Ascending / Descending order of n-numbers using 8051.

4. Average of n-numbers using 8051.

Equipment Required:



3. 8086 Microprocessor kits

4. 8051 microcontroller kits

5. DAC module

6. Stepper motor module

7. Keyboard module

8. ROM/RAM Interface module

Equipment Required:



3. 8086 Microprocessor kits

4. 8051 microcontroller kits

5.6. DAC module

7. Stepper motor module

8. Keyboard module

9. 7-Segemt Units

10. ROM/RAM Interface module

Reference Books:

1. Advanced Micro Processors and Interfacing, Ray and Burchandi, TataMcGraw Hill. 2. Microprocessors and Interfacing, Douglas V Hall, McGraw Hill, 2ndEdition. 3. The 8051 Micro Controller Architecture, Programmingand Applications, Kenneth J

Ayala, Thomson Publishers, 2ndEdition. *Students shall opt any two of the Augmented Experiments in addition to the regular experiments.

***



Web Links:

1. www.nptel.ac.in/.../IISc.../Microprocessors%20and%20Microcontrollers/.../M1L3.pd

f

2. https://www.coursehero.com/file/22270579/Minimum-and-Maximum-Modes/

3. https://edutechlearners.com/download/MP/8255%20&%20IO%20Interfacing.pdf

4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/microprocessor/microcontrollers_overview.htm

****



https://edutechlearners.com/download/MP/8255%20&%20IO%20Interfacing.pdf

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/microprocessor/microcontrollers_overview.htm



HVDC TRANSMISSION (Professional Elective-VI)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To enable the students study basic concepts of HVDC Transmission.

COB 2: To facilitate the students know converter configuration.

COB 3: To assist the students to Know the control of converter and HVDC

Transmission.

COB 4: To help the students acquire the significance of reactive power control and

AC/DC load flow.

COB 5: To assist the students to know the different converter faults, protection and

effect of harmonics.

COB 6: To enable the students study low pass and high pass filters.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Learn different types of HVDC levels and basic concepts

CO 2: Know the operation of converters

CO 3: Imply the control of converter and HVDC Transmission.

CO 4: Acquire control concept of reactive power control and AC/DC load flow.

CO 5: be aware of converter faults, protection and harmonic effects

CO 6: Design low pass and high pass filters


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1 ) 1 - - - - 1 2 - - 2 - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 2

CO3 (K3 ) - - 1 1 3 3 3 3 - - 3 2

CO4 (K3 ) 3 2 1 - - - - 3 3 3 - -

CO5 (K2 ) - - - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 - -

CO6 (K5 ) 2 3 - - 2 2 - - 1 - - -



CO1 (K1 ) - - -

CO2 (K3) 1 1 -

CO3 (K3 ) - - -

CO4 (K3 ) 1 1 3

CO5 (K2 ) - - 2

CO6 (K5 ) 3 - 1

VIII Semester L T P C




UNIT-I

Basic Concepts:

Economics & Terminal equipment of HVDC transmission systems: Types of HVDC Links

– Apparatus required for HVDC Systems – Comparison of AC &DC Transmission,

Application of DC Transmission System – Planning & Modern trends in D.C.

Transmission.

UN1T-II

Analysis of HVDC Converters:

Choice of converter configuration – analysis of Graetz – characteristics of 6 pulse & 12

pulse converters –Cases of two 3 phase converters in star –star mode – their performance.

Converter & HVDC System Control:

Principal of DC Link Control – Converters Control Characteristics – Firing angle control –

Current and extinction angle control – Effect of source inductance on the system – Starting

and stopping of DC link - Power Control.

UNIT-III

Reactive Power Control in HVDC:

Reactive Power Requirements in steady state-Conventional control strategies-Alternate

control strategies sources of reactive power-AC Filters – shunt capacitors-synchronous

condensers.

Power Flow Analysis in AC/DC Systems

Modeling of DC Links-DC Network-DC Converter-Controller Equations-Solution of DC

load flow –solution of AC-DC Power flow-Simultaneous method-Sequential method.

UNIT-IV

Converter Fault & Protection:

Converter faults – protection against over current and over voltage in converter station –

surge arresters –smoothing reactors – DC breakers –Audible noise-space charge field-

corona effects on DC lines-Radio interference.

UNIT-V

Harmonics & Filters:

Generation of Harmonics –Characteristics harmonics, calculation of AC Harmonics, Non-

Characteristics harmonics, adverse effects of harmonics – Calculation of voltage &

Current harmonics – Effect of Pulse number on harmonics. Types of AC filters, Design of

Single tuned filters –Design of High pass filters.

Text Books:

1. HVDC Power Transmission Systems: Technology and system Interactions – by K.

R. Padiyar, New Age International (P) Limited, and Publishers.

2. HVDC Transmission by S.Kamakshaiah and V. Kamaraju-Tata McGraw–Hill



Reference Books:

1. HVDC Transmission – J. Arrillaga.

2. Direct Current Transmission – by E. W. Kimbark, John Wiley & Sons.

3. Power Transmission by Direct Current – by E. Uhlmann, B. S. Publications.

Web Links:


2. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/108104013/


****


http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/108104013/




FLEXIBLE AC TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (Professional Elective-VI)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart the performance improvements of transmission system with

FACTS.

COB 2: To enable effective usage of statics hunt compensation.

COB 3: To enable effective usage of static series compensation.

COB 4: To enable effective usage of UPFC.

Course Outcomes:

CO 1: Analyze the performance improvement of transmission system with FACTS.

CO 2: Examine the effect of static series compensation.

CO 3: Examine the effect of UPFC.

CO 4: Determine an appropriate FACTS device for different types of applications.

CO 5: Analyze the properties of static stunt compensation


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1) CO1 (K4) - - 3 - 1 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K4) - 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K4) - 3 - 3 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K5) 3 - - 3 - 3 - - - - - -

CO5 (K4) 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K4 ) 3 - 3

CO2 (K4) - 3 3

CO3 (K4 ) 3 3 -

CO4 (K5 ) 3 3 3

CO5 (K4 ) 3 - 3

UNIT–I:

Introduction to FACTS

Power flow in an AC System – Loading capability limits – Dynamic stability

considerations– Importance of controllable parameters – Basic types of FACTS controllers

– Benefits from FACTS controllers – Requirements and characteristics of high power

devices – Voltage and current rating – Losses and speed of switching – Parameter trade–

off devices.





UNIT–II:

Voltage source and Current source converters

Three phase full wave bridge converter- three phase current source converter-Comparison

of current source converter with voltage source converter.

Shunt Compensation:

Objectives of shunt compensation, Mid–point voltage regulation, voltage instability

prevention, Improvement of transient stability– Power oscillation damping.

UNIT- III

Shunt Compensators

Thyristor Switched Capacitor (TSC)–Thyristor Switched Capacitor –Thyristor Switched

Reactor (TSC–TCR). Static VAR compensator (SVC) and Static Compensator

(STATCOM): The regulation and slope transfer function and dynamic performance –

Transient stability enhancement and power oscillation damping– Operating point control

and summary of compensation control.

UNIT-IV

Series Compensators

Static series compensators: Concept of series capacitive compensation – Improvement of

transient stability – Power oscillation damping – Functional requirements. GTO thyristor

controlled Series Capacitor (GSC) – Thyristor Switched Series Capacitor (TSSC) and

Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC).

UNIT-V

Combined Controllers

Schematic and basic operating principles of Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC).–

Application on transmission lines.

Text Books:

1. Understanding FACTS Devices, N. G. Hingorani and L. Guygi, IEEE Press.

2. Flexible AC Transmission systems, Song. Y. HandJohns. A. T, IET Press.

Reference Books:

1. HVDC&FACTS Controllers: applications of static converters in power systems-

Vijay K. Sood-Springer publisher.

2. FACTS controllers in power transmission and distribution, K. R. Padiyar.

Web Links:

1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flexible_AC_transmission_system

2. https://www.elprocus.com/flexible-ac-transmission-system-need-definition-types/

3. http://www.gridtech.eu/events/12-technologies/21-facts-flexible-alternating-

current-transmission-system

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flexible_AC_transmission_system

https://www.elprocus.com/flexible-ac-transmission-system-need-definition-types/

http://www.gridtech.eu/events/12-technologies/21-facts-flexible-alternating-current-transmission-system

http://www.gridtech.eu/events/12-technologies/21-facts-flexible-alternating-current-transmission-system



POWER SYSTEM REFORMS

(Professional Elective-VI)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To study fundamentals of power system deregulation and restructuring.

COB 2: To study available transfer capability.

COB 3: To study congestion management

COB 4: To study various electricity pricing methods.

COB 5 To study operation of power system in deregulated environment.

COB 6 To study importance of Ancillary services management.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Will understand importance of power system deregulation and restructuring.

CO 2: Able to compute Available Transfer Capability.

CO 3: Will understand transmission congestion management.

CO 4: Able to compute electricity pricing in deregulated environment.

CO 5: Will be able to understand power system operation in deregulated environment

and ancillary services.


CO/PO

PO

1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2 ) - - 2

CO2 (K5) 3 3 3

CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3

CO4 (K4 ) 3 2 3

CO5 (K4 ) 3 2 3





UNIT–I

Over view of key issues in electric utilities

Introduction – Restructuring models – Independent system operator (ISO) – Power

Exchange– Market operations – Market Power – Standard cost – Transmission Pricing –

Congestion Pricing – Management of Inter zonal/Intra zonal Congestion.

UNIT–II

Available Transfer Capability (ATC)

Structure of OASIS – Processing of Information – Transfer capability on OASIS –

Definitions Transfer Capability Issues – ATC – Total transfer capability between two

points(TTC) – transmission reliability margin(TRM) – Capacity Benefit Margin(CBM)

calculations –Methodologies to calculate ATC.

UNIT–III

Congestion Management

Introduction to congestion management – Methods to relieve congestion.

UNIT–IV

Electricity Pricing:

Introduction – Electricity price volatility electricity price indexes – Challenges to

electricity pricing – Construction of forward price curves – Short–time price forecasting.

UNIT–V

Power system operation in competitive environment:

Introduction – Operational planning activities of ISO – The role of ISO in pool and

bilateral markets – Operational planning activities of a GENCO.

Ancillary Services Management:

Introduction – Reactive power as an ancillary service – A review – Synchronous

generators as ancillary service providers.

Text Books:

1. Kankar Bhattacharya, Math. Bollen, Jaap E. Daalder, Operation of Restructured

Power System Kluver Academic Publisher – 2001.

2. Mohammad Shahidehpour, and Muwaffaq Alomoush, – “Restructured electrical

Power systems” Marcel Dekker, Inc. 2001.

Reference Books:

1. Loi Lei Lai; “Power system Restructuring and Deregulation”, John Wiley & Sons

Ltd., England.

2. Electrical Power Distribution Case studies from Distribution reform, upgrades and

Management (DRUM) Program, by USAID/India, TMH.

Web Links:


****




DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (Professional Elective-VI)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To enable the students study concepts of digital control systems and assemble

various components associated with it.

COB 2: To facilitate the students know theory of z–transformations and application

for the mathematical analysis of digital control systems.

COB 3: To assist the students to Know the discrete–time systems in state–space model

and evaluation of state transition matrix.

COB 4: To help the students acquire the significance stability of the system using

different tests.

COB 5: To assist the students to know conventional method of analyzing digital

control systems in the w–plane

COB 6: To enable the students design the state feedback control by “the pole

placement method.”

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Know the advantages of discrete time control systems

CO 2: Learn z–transformations and their role in the mathematical analysis of different

systems

CO 3: Apply the discrete–time systems in state–space model

CO 4: Analyze the significance stability of the system using different tests.

CO 5: know conventional method of analyzing digital control systems in the w–plane

CO 6: Design the state feedback control by “the pole placement method.”


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1 ) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3 ) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - CO5 (K1 ) 1 - - - - - - - - - - - CO6 (K5 ) 1 2 3 3 - - - - - - - -







CO1 (K1 ) - - 1

CO2 (K1) - - -

CO3 (K3 ) 1 1 -

CO4 (K4 ) 2 2 -

CO5 (K1 ) - - 1

CO6(K5 ) - 3 1

UNIT-I

INTRODUCTION

Introduction to analog and digital control systems – Advantages of digital systems –

Typical examples – Signals and processing – Sample and hold devices – Sampling

theorem and data reconstruction – Frequency domain characteristics of zero order hold.

UN1T-II

Z–TRANSFORMATIONS

Z–Transforms – Theorems – Finding inverse z–transforms – Formulation of difference

equations and solving – Block diagram representation – Pulse transfer functions and

finding open loop and closed loop responses.

UNIT-III

STATE SPACE ANALYSIS

State space representation of discrete time systems – State transition matrix and methods

of evaluation – Discretization of continuous – Time state equations – Concepts of

controllability and observability – Tests(without proof).

UNIT-IV

STABILITY ANALYSIS

Mapping between the s–Plane and the z–Plane – Primary strips and Complementary strips

– Stability criterion – Modified Routh’s stability criterion and Jury’s stability test.

UNIT-V

DESIGN OF STATE FEEDBACK CONTROLLER

Design of state feedback controller through pole placement – Necessary and sufficient

conditions – Ackerman’s formula.



Text Books:

1. Discrete–Time Control systems – K. Ogata, Pearson Education/PHI, 2nd Edition.

2. Digital Control and State Variable Methods by M.Gopal, TMH, 4th Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Digital Control Systems, Kuo, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2003.

2. Digital Control Systems, Springer, Volume 1, 1989

Web Links:

1. https://www.inf.ethz.ch/personal/cellier/Lect/DC/Lect_dc_index.html

2. https://www.nptel.ac.in/downloads/108103008/



ENERGY AUDIT, CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To understand energy efficiency, scope, conservation and technologies.

COB 2: To design energy efficient lighting systems.

COB 3: To estimate/calculate power factor of systems and propose suitable

compensation techniques.

COB 4: To understand energy conservation in HVAC systems.

COB 5: To calculate life cycle costing analysis and return on investment on energy

efficient technologies.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Explain energy efficiency, conservation and various technologies.

CO 2: Design energy efficient lighting systems.

CO 3: Calculate power factor of systems and propose suitable compensation techniques.

CO 4: Explain energy conservation in HVAC systems.

CO 5: Calculate life cycle costing analysis and return on investment on energy efficient

technologies.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3

CO2 (K2) - - - - 2 2 3 - - 3 - 3

CO3 (K2 ) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO4 (K3 ) - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 3 - 3 - - 1 - 3



CO1 (K2 ) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K2 ) - - -

CO4 (K3 ) - 1 -

CO5 (K4 ) - 2 -


Course Code: 171EE8O01 3 1 0 3



UNIT-I

Basic Principles of Energy Audit and management:

Energy audit – Definitions – Concept – Types of audit – Energy index – Cost index –

Piecharts –Sankey diagrams – Load profiles – Energy conservation schemes and energy

saving potential – Numerical problems – Principles of energy management – Initiating,

planning, controlling, promoting, monitoring, reporting – Energy manager – Qualities and

functions –Language – Questionnaire – Check list for top management.

UN1T-II

Lighting:

Modification of existing systems – Replacement of existing systems – Priorities:

Definition of terms and units – Luminous efficiency – Polar curve – Calculation of

illumination level –Illumination of inclined surface to beam – Luminance or brightness –

Types of lamps –Types of lighting – Electric lighting fittings (luminaries) – Flood lighting

– White light LED and conducting Polymers – Energy conservation measures.

UNIT-III

Power Factor and energy instruments:

Power factor – Methods of improvement – Location of capacitors – Power factor with

nonlinear loads – Effect of harmonics on Power factor – Numerical problems. Energy

Instruments – Watt–hour meter – Data loggers – Thermocouples – Pyrometers – Lux

meters– Tong testers – Power analyzer.

UNIT-IV

Space Heating and Ventilation:

Ventilation – Air–Conditioning (HVAC) and Water Heating: Introduction – Heating of

buildings – Transfer of Heat–Space heating methods – Ventilation and air–conditioning –

Insulation–Cooling load – Electric water heating systems – Energy conservation methods.

UNIT-V

Economic Aspects and Financial Analysis:

Understanding energy cost - Economics Analysis – Depreciation Methods – Time value of

money – Rate of return – Present worth method – Replacement analysis – Life cycle

costing analysis – Energy efficient motors (basic concepts) – Economics of energy

efficient motor sand systems.

Computation of Economic Aspects:

Need of investment, appraisal and criteria - Calculation of simple payback period–Return

on investment – Net present value – Internal rate of return – numerical examples – Power

factor correction – Lighting – Applications of life cycle costing analysis.

Text Books:

1. Electric Energy Utilization and Conservation by S C Tripathy, Tata McGraw hill

publishing company Ltd. New Delhi.

2. Energy efficient electric motors by John.C. Andreas, Marcel Dekker Inc Ltd-2nd

Edition, 1995.



Reference Books:

1. Energy management by W.R. Murphy & G. Mckay Butter worth, Elsevier

publications, 2012.

2. Energy management by Paul o’ Callaghan, Mc–Graw Hill Book company–1st

edition, 1998.

3. Energy management hand book by W.C.Turner, John wiley and sons.

4. Energy management and conservation –k v Sharma and pvenkataseshaiah-I K

5. International Publishing House pvt.ltd, 2011.

6. Hand Book of Energy Audit by Sonal Desai- Tata McGraw hill.

Web Links:



3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mm17/preview



https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mm17/preview



VLSI DESIGN

(Open Elective)



Course Objectives:

COB 1: To enable the students to learn the various fabrication steps of IC and MOS,

BiCMOS Fabrication processes

COB 2: To enable the students to use mathematical methods and basic electrical

properties of MOS Transistors in analysis of CMOS digital electronics

circuits.

COB 3: To make the students to apply MOS technology-specific stick and layout rules

in the placement and routing of transistors and interconnect, and to verify the

functionality, timing, power, and parasitic effects.

COB 4: To make students to familiar with the concepts of Scaling models, architectural

Issues

COB 5: To make the students to apply HDL concepts in the synthesis, simulation of

VLSI design.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Summarize the fundamental concepts of VLSI Design including both

fabrication process and basic design elements.

CO 2: Analyse the electrical properties of MOS and BiCMOS Circuits

CO 3: Develop the stick and layout models of MOS circuits using design rules.

CO 4: Demonstrate the scaling factors determining the characteristics and

performance of MOS circuits in silicon

CO 5: Explain synthesis, simulation of VLSI design using VHDL


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - - -

CO 2(K4) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K3) 1 2 3 - - - - - - -

CO 4(K2) 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K2) 2 - 1 - 3 - - - - - - -



CO 1(K2) - 3 1

CO 2(K4) - 2 -

CO 3(K3) 1 1 3

CO 4(K2) 1 3 -

CO 5(K2) 2 3 1



UNIT I:

Introduction:

Introduction to IC technology, The IC era, MOS and related VLSI technology, Basic MOS

transistors Enhancement and depletion modes of transistor action, IC production process,

MOS and CMOS fabrication Process, BiCMOS technology, Comparison b/w CMOS and

bipolar technologies.

UNIT II:

Basic electrical properties of MOS and BiCMOS circuits:

Ids–Vds relationships, Aspects of MOS transistor threshold voltage, MOS Trans

conductance and output conductance, MOS Transistor, Figure of merit, The pMOS

transistor, The nMOS inverter, Determination of pull–up to pull–down ratio for nMOS

inverter driven by another nMOS inverter for an nMOS inverter driven through one or

more pass Transistors, Alternative forms of pull up, The CMOS Inverter MOS transistor

Circuit model, Bi–CMOS Inverters.

UNIT III:

MOS and BiCOMS circuit design processes:

MOS layers, Stick diagrams, Design rules and layout, General observation on the design

rules, 2μm double metal, double poly, CMOS/BiCMOS rules, 1.2μm Double metal,

Double poly CMOS rules, Layout diagrams of NAND and NOR gates and CMOS inverter,

Symbolic Diagrams, Translation to Mask Form.

Basic circuit concepts:

Sheet resistance, Sheet resistance concept applied to MOS transistor and inverters, Area

capacitance of layers, Standard unit of capacitance, Some area capacitance calculations,

The delay unit, Inverter delays, Driving large capacitive loads, Propagations Delays,

Wiring Capacitance, Fan–in and Fan–out characteristics, Choice of layers, Transistor

switches, Realization of gates using nMOS, pMOS and CMOS technologies.

UNIT IV:

Scaling of MOS circuit:

Scaling models and scaling factors, Scaling factors for device parameters, Limitations of

scaling, Limits due to sub threshold currents, Limits on logic level and supply voltage due

to noise, Limits due to current density, Some architectural Issues, Introduction to switch

logic and gate logic.

UNIT V:

Digital design using HDL:

Digital system design process, VLSI Circuit Design Process, Hardware simulation

Hardware Synthesis, History of VHDL, VHDL requirements, Levels of abstraction

Elements of VHDL, Packages, Libraries and bindings, Objects and classes, Variable

assignments, Sequential statements, Usage of subprograms, Comparison of VHDL and

Verilog HDL.

VHDL Modeling:

Simulation, Logic Synthesis, Inside a logic synthesizer, Constraints, Technology libraries,

VHDL and logic synthesis, Functional gate, Level verification, Place and route, Post

layout timing simulation, Static timing, Major net list formats for design representation,

VHDL synthesis, Programming approach.



Text books:

1. Essentials of VLSI Circuits and Systems, Kamran Eshraghian, Douglas A.Pucknell,

Sholeh Eshraghian, Prentice–Hall of India Private Limited, 2005.

2. VLSI Design, K. Lal Kishore, V.S.V. Prabhakar, I.K. International Publishing House

Private Limited, 1st Edition, 2009.

3. VLSI Design, A.Shanthi, A.Kavitha, New Age International Private Limited, 1st

Edition, 2006.

References books:

1. VLSI Design, Debaprasad Das, Oxford University Press, 2010.

2. VLSI Design, A.Albert Raj, T. Latha, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2010.

Web Links:


2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/vlsi-design.html

3. https://www.smartzworld.com/notes/vlsi-design/

4. https://cnx.org/exports/3089c18c-bb43-4e50-9d6a626f9753b374%408.2.pdf/digital

system-design-using-vhdl-8.2.pdf.

****



UNIX AND SHELL PROGRAMMING

(Open Elective)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To discuss with UNIX Operating System Architecture and File Structure

COB 2: To demonstrate the students UNIX file handling commands

COB 3: To impart the knowledge on various commands to control system

resources

COB 4: To illustrate the concepts of data management commands with Regular

Expressions

COB 5: To teach the basic concepts of Linux shell scripting and AWK scripting

COB 6: To make the students learn the concepts of file management and Process

Management

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Describe UNIX operating System and Command Structure.

CO 2: Make use of various commands in UNIX to control the resources like

disk, file, network etc.

CO 3: Develop Shell Script using Shell commands.

CO 4: Apply GREP and EGREP Commands with wild card and regular

expressions to perform Data Manipulation Tasks.

CO 5: Illustrate AWK execution, AWK Fields and Records creation, AWK

operations and AWK commands

CO 6: Apply System Calls for file management and Process Management tasks.

CO 7: Compare and Contrast Bourne Shell and C Shell


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - -

2 2

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - 3 1

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - 3 1

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - 3 1

CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 2

CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - 3 1

CO7 (K3) 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 -







CO1 (K2) - - 2

CO2 (K3) 1 1 3

CO3 (K3) 1 1 3

CO4 (K3) 1 1 3

CO5 (K2) - - 2

CO6 (K3) 1 1 3

CO7 (K3) 1 1 3

UNIT-I:

Introduction to Unix-Brief History-What is Unix-Unix Components-Using Unix-

Commands in Unix-Some Basic Commands-Command Substitution-Giving Multiple

Commands.

UNIT-II

The File system –The Basics of Files-What’s in a File-Directories and File Names-

Permissions-I Nodes-The Directory Hierarchy, File Attributes and Permissions-The File

Command knowing the File Type-The Chmod Command Changing File Permissions-The

Chown Command Changing the Owner of a File-The Chgrp Command Changing the

Group of a File.

UNIT-III

Using the Shell-Command Line Structure-Meta characters-Creating New Commands-

Command Arguments and Parameters-Program Output as Arguments-Shell Variables-

More on I/O Redirection-Looping in Shell Programs.

UNIT-IV

Filters-The Grep Family-Other Filters-The Stream Editor Sed-The AWK Pattern Scanning

and processing Language-Good Files and Good Filters.

The Process-The Meaning-Parent and Child Processes-Types of Processes-More about

Foreground and Background processes-Internal and External Commands-Process Creation.

UNIT-V

Shell Programming-Shell Variables-The Export Command-The Profile File a Script Run

during Starting-The First Shell Script-The read Command-Positional parameters-The $?

Variable knowing the exit Status-More about the Set Command-The Exit Command-

Branching Control Structures-Loop Control Structures-The Continue and Break

Statement- The Expr Command: Performing Integer Arithmetic-Real Arithmetic in Shell

Programs-The here Document(<<)-The Sleep Command-Debugging Scripts-The Script

Command-The Eval Command-The Exec Command.



Text Books:

1. Unix Shell Programming by M.G.Venkateshmurthy, Pearson.

2. The Unix programming Environment by Brain W. Kernighan & Rob Pike, Pearson.

Reference Books:

1. Unix and shell programming by B.M. Harwani, OXFORD university press.

2. Your Unix the ultimate guide, Sumitabha Das, TMH, 2nd Edition.

Web Links:

1. www.webreference.com › Programming

2. www.iu.hio.no/~mark/unix/unix.html

3. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/unix/

4. www.learnshell.com

5. https://www.informationvine.com

****

http://www.iu.hio.no/~mark/unix/unix.html

http://www.learnshell.com/



NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC

(Common to EEE & ME)

(Open Elective)



Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To make the students learn artificial neuron models.

COB 2 : To facilitate the students to study various learning methods of ANN.

COB 3 : To utilize different algorithms of ANN.

COB 4 : To enable students to distinguish between Classical and Fuzzy Sets.

COB 5 : To describe different modules of Fuzzy Controller.

COB 6 : To provide adequate knowledge of application of fuzzy logic control to real time

systems.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Demonstrate different models of artificial neuron.

CO 2 : Identify various learning methods of ANN.

CO 3 : Analyze the various feed forward neural networks and Hopfield Network

CO 4 : Compare and Contrast Classical and Fuzzy sets.

CO 5 : Utilize different modules of Fuzzy Logic Controller for rule base and decision

making Systems

CO 6 : Analyze the application of fuzzy logic control to real time systems


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO3 (K4) 3 3 2 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO4 (K2) 2 1 -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO6 (K4) 3 3 2 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3





CO1 (K2) - - --

CO2 (K3) 1 1 --

CO3 (K4) 2 2 3

CO4 (K2) - - --

CO5 (K3) 1 1 3

CO6 (K4) 2 2 3

UNIT – I

Introduction to Neural Networks

Introduction, Humans and Computers, Organization of the Brain, Biological Neuron,

Biological and Artificial Neuron Models, Hodgkin-Huxley Neuron Model, Integrate-and-

Fire Neuron Model, Spiking Neuron Model, Characteristics of ANN, McCulloch-Pitts

Model, Historical Developments, Potential, Applications of ANN.

UNIT – II

Essentials of Artificial Neural Networks

Artificial Neuron Model, Operations of Artificial Neuron, Types of Neuron Activation

Function, ANN Architectures, Classification Taxonomy of ANN – Connectivity, Neural

Dynamics (Activation and Synaptic), Learning Strategy (Supervised, Unsupervised,

Reinforcement), Learning Rules, Types of Application.

UNIT – III

Multilayer feed forward Neural Networks

Credit Assignment Problem, Generalized Delta Rule, Derivation of Back propagation (BP)

Training, Summary of Back propagation Algorithm, Kolmogorov Theorem, Learning

Difficulties and Improvements, Radial Basis Function (RBF) Neural Network – Kohonen

Self Organising feature Map (KSOM).

Associative Memories Bidirectional Associative Memories (BAM)-Architecture of Hopfield Network: Discrete

and Continuous versions, Storage and Recall Algorithm

UNIT - IV

Classical & Fuzzy Sets

Introduction to classical sets - properties, Operations and relations; Fuzzy sets,

Membership, Uncertainty, Operations, properties, fuzzy relations, cardinalities,

membership functions.

UNIT - V

Fuzzy Logic Modules

Fuzzification, Membership value assignment, development of rule base and decision

making system, Defuzzification to crisp sets, Defuzzification methods.



Applications

Neural network applications: Process identification, control, fault diagnosis and load

forecasting.

Fuzzy logic applications: Load frequency control and Fuzzy classification.

Text Books: 1. Neural Networks, Fuzzy logic, Genetic algorithms: synthesis and applications,

RajasekharanandRai – PHI Publication.

2. Introduction to Neural Networks using MATLAB 6.0 - S.N.Sivanandam, S.Sumathi,

S.N.Deepa, TMH, 2006.

Reference Books: 1. Neural Networks – James A Freeman and Davis Skapura, Pearson Education, 2002.

2. Neural Networks – Simon Hakins , Pearson Education

3. Neural Engineering by C.Eliasmith and CH.Anderson, PHI

4. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic System by Bart Kosko

Web Links:

1. https://www.coursera.org/browse/computer-science

2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/artificial_neural_network/

3. https://in.udacity.com/school-of-ai

****

https://www.coursera.org/browse/computer-science



ROBOTICS (Common to EEE, ECE, CSE, IT & Min. E)

(Open Elective)

Semester VIII L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB1: To give the students aware of applying their knowledge of mathematics, science,

and Engineering and to expand this knowledge into the vast area of robotics.

COB2: The students will be exposed to the concepts of robot Kinematics, Dynamics,

Trajectory Planning.

COB3: Mathematical approach to explain how the robotic arm motion can be described.

COB4: To make the students to understand the functioning of sensors and actuators.

Course Outcomes:


CO1: Demonstrate the basic concepts, parts of robots and types of robots.

CO2: Identify various robot configuration and components.

CO3: Select appropriate actuators and sensors for a robot based on specific application.

CO4: Analyze the simple serial kinematic chains.

CO5: Analyze the trajectory planning for a manipulator by avoiding obstacles.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 2 3

CO2(K3) 3 2 - - - - 3 - 3 - 3 -

CO3 (K3) 3 - 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO4(K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 3 -



CO 1(K2) - - -

CO 2(K3) 1 1 -

CO 3(K3) 1 1 -

CO 4(K4) 2 2 -

CO 5(K4) 2 2 -



UNIT –I

Introduction:

Automation-CAD/CAM-Robotics – An over view of Robotics – present and future

applications – classification by coordinate system and control system.

Applications of Material Transfer - Material handling, loading and unloading- Processing -

spot and continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and Inspection.

UNIT-II

Components of the Industrial Robotics:

Function line diagram representation of robot arms, common types of arms. Components,

Architecture, number of degrees of freedom – Requirements and challenges of end

effectors, determination of the end effectors, Robot programming methods.

Robot Actuators and Feed Back Components:

Actuators: Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, electric & stepper motors.

Feedback components: position sensors – potentiometers, resolvers, encoders – Velocity

sensors.

UNIT-III

Motion Analysis:

Homogeneous transformations as applicable to rotation and translation –problems.

Manipulator Kinematics:

Specifications of matrices, D-H notation joint coordinates and world coordinates Forward

and inverse kinematics – problems.

UNIT- IV

Transformations:

Differential transformation and manipulators, Jacobians – problems

Dynamics: Lagrange – Euler formulations – Problems.

UNIT -V

Trajectory Planning:

General considerations in path description and generation. Trajectory planning and

avoidance of obstacles, path planning, Skew motion, joint integrated motion –straight line

motion.

Text Books:

1. Industrial Robotics, Groover M P, Pearson Edu.

2. Robotics and Control, Mittal R K & Nagrath I J, TMH



Reference Books:

1. Robotics, Fu K S, McGraw Hill.

2. Robotic Engineering, Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall

3. Robot Analysis and Control, H. Asada and J.J.E. Slotine, BSP Books Pvt.Ltd.

4. Introduction to Robotics, John J Craig, Pearson Edu.

Web Links:

1. https://www.scribd.com/doc/39035404/Robot-Actuators-and-Feedback-

Components-Main7

2. http://medesign.seas.upenn.edu/uploads/Courses/robotics05dh.pdf

3. http://robotics.itee.uq.edu.au/~metr4202/2013/lectures.pdf

4. https://www.slideshare.net/anirudhreddy123/robots-in-manufacturing

https://www.scribd.com/doc/39035404/Robot-Actuators-and-Feedback-Components-Main7

https://www.scribd.com/doc/39035404/Robot-Actuators-and-Feedback-Components-Main7

http://medesign.seas.upenn.edu/uploads/Courses/robotics05dh.pdf

http://robotics.itee.uq.edu.au/~metr4202/2013/lectures.pdf

https://www.slideshare.net/anirudhreddy123/robots-in-manufacturing



VEHICULAR ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEMS (Open Elective)



Course Objectives:

COB 1: To assist the students to know fundamental concepts of Hybrid and Electric

Vehicles.

COB 2: To facilitate the students to know operation and characteristics of Dc motor drives,

Permanent motor drives & Switched reluctance motor drives.

COB 3: To help the students understand various energy storage technologies in Hybrid

Vehicles.

COB 4: To enable the student understand energy management strategies used in Hybrid &

Electric Vehicle.

COB 5: To help the students acquire the theory of power system of various vehicular

system.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Understand the various aspects of hybrid and electric vehicles.

CO 2: Plan the selection of electrical machines for hybrid and electric vehicles.

CO3: Select various energy storage technologies for hybrid and electric vehicles.

Determine the torque production mechanism and control the speed of dc motors.

CO4: Implement energy management techniques for hybrid and electric vehicles.

CO 5: Demonstrate the power system of various vehicular system.


CO/PO PO 1 (K3)

PO 2 (K4)

PO 3 (K5)

PO 4 (K5)

PO 5 (K3)

PO 6 (K3)

PO 7 (K2)

PO 8 (K3)

PO 9 (K2)

PO 10 (K2)

PO11 (K3)

PO12 (K1)

CO1 (K2 ) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - - CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - - CO4 (K4 ) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - CO5 (K4 ) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2 ) - - 2 CO2 (K5) 3 3 3 CO3 (K5 ) 3 3 3 CO4 (K4 ) 3 2 3 CO5 (K4 ) 3 2 3



UNIT-I:

INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL VEHICLES

History of hybrid and electric vehicles, social and environmental importance of hybrid and

electrical vehicles, impact of modern drive-trains on energy supplies. Basics of vehicle

performance, vehicle power source characterization, transmission characteristics,

mathematical models to describe vehicle performance, Capabilities, Automation System

computer facilities.

UNIT-II:

CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL OF ELECTRIC VEHICLES

Introduction to electric components used in hybrid and electric vehicles-Configuration and

control of DC motor drives, Induction Motor drives, Permanent Magnet Motor drives and

Switched Reluctance motor drives-drive system efficiency.

UNIT-III:

ENERGY STORAGE

Energy storage technologies in hybrid vehicles-flywheel, hydraulic, fuel cell and hybrid

fuel cell energy storage system-ultra capacitors-comparison-battery charging control.

UNIT-IV:

ENERGY MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

Introduction to energy management strategies used in hybrid and electrical vehicle,

classification of different energy management strategies, comparison of different energy

management strategies, implementation issues of energy strategies.

UNIT-V:

APPLICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL VEHICLES

Electrical power system in air craft, sea and undersea vehicles, space vehicles-hybrid

vehicle control strategies-supporting system.

Text Books:

1. Ali Emadi, Mehrdad Ehsani, John M.Miller,” Vehicular Electric Power Systems:

Land, Sea, Air, and Space vehicles’, CRC Press, 2003.

Reference Books:

1. Chris Mi, M.AbulMasrur, David Wenzhong Gao, 'Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Principles

and Applications with Practical Perpectives’, Second edition, Wiley, 2018.

2. Mehrad Ehsani,” Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric & Fuel cell Vehicles”, Third

Edition, CRC Press, 2018.

3. Emanuele Crisostomi, “Electric & Plug-in hybrid vehicle networks: optimization and

control”, First Edition, CRC Press, 2017.

4. Iqbal Husain, ’Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals', CRC Press,

Second, 2010.

Web Links:





INTERNET OF THINGS

(Common to EEE, ECE, CSE & IT)

(Open Elective)



CO 1(K2) - - -

CO 2 (K2) - - 1

CO 3 (K3) 1 1 -

CO 4 (K4) 3 3 -

CO 5 (K2) 3 3 -

CO 6 (K6) - - -



Course Objectives:

COB 1: To introduce the concepts of Internet of Things.

COB 2: To impart the knowledge on IoT application areas.

COB 3: To introduce the IoT business process models, design technology for

Connected Devices.

COB 4: To enable the students learn the effective usage of device

connectivity and web connectivity models.

COB 5: To illustrate the data Collection, Storage and analyzing methods in

Cloud.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:

CO 1: Demonstrate the need of IoT in the computing world.

CO 2: Identify the Business Process models of IoT.

CO 3: Develop the communication protocols and communication technologies.

CO 4: Analyze the data storage and acquisition mechanisms for real time

applications.

CO 5: Describe the involvement of cloud service model platforms in IoT.

CO 6: Design an IoT application for complex problems.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K2) - - - - - 2 - - 3 3 - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - 1 - - 3 - 3 - 3 - -

CO4 (K4) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 2 3

CO6 (K6) 3 3 - - - 3 - - - 3 3 3



UNIT-I:

Internet of Things : An Overview, Internet of Things, IoT Conceptual Framework, IoT

Architectural View, Technology Behind IoT, Sources of IoT, M2M Communication, Examples of

IoT.

UNIT-II:

Business Models and Processes Using IoT: Introduction, Business Models and Business Model

Innovation Value Creation of Internet of Things, Business Model Scenarios for Internet of Things.

Design Principles for Connected Devices: Introduction, IoT/M2M Systems Layers and Designs

Standardization, Communication Technologies, Data Enrichment, Data Consolidation and Device

Management at Gateway, Ease of Designing and Affordability.

UNIT-III:

Design Principles for Web Connectivity: Introduction, Web Communication Protocols for

Connected Devices, Message Communication Protocols for Connected Devices, Web Connectivity

for Connected Devices.

UNIT-IV:

Internet Connectivity Principles: Introduction, Internet Connectivity, Internet based

Communication, IP Addressing in IoT, Media Access Control, Application Layer Protocols.

Data Acquiring, Organizing, Processing and Analytics: Introduction, Data Acquiring, Storage,

Organizing, Analytics, Knowledge Acquiring, Managing and Storing Processes.

UNIT-V:

Data Collection, Storage and Computing Using a Cloud Platform: Introduction, Cloud

Computing Paradigm, Cloud Service Model.

Sensors: Introduction, Sensor Technology, Participatory Sensing, Industrial IoT and Automotive

IoT, Sensor Data Communication Protocols.

Text Books:

1. Internet of Things: Architecture and Design Principles, Raj Kamal, McGraw Hill

publications, 2016.

2. Internet of Things: A Hands on Approach, Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti,

Universities Press, 2017.

Reference Books:

1. Internet of Things: Principles and Paradigms, Rajkumar Buyya, Amir Vahid

Jastjerdi, MK publications, 2016.

2. Designing the Internet of Things, Adrian McEwen, Hakim Casimally, Wiley and

Sons publications, 2014.

Web Links:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs46/preview

2. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/public?keyword=Introduction%20to%20internet%2

0of%20things

3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/iot

4. https://www.udemy.com/hands-on-internet-of-things-raspberry-pi/



CYBER SECURITY

(Open Elective)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To Demonstrate cybercrime fundamentals.

COB 2: To Inspect cyber offence planning.

COB 3: To Discuss with student about cybercrime on mobile and wireless devices.

COB 4: To Inspect cybercrime methods and tools.

COB 5: To Know Importance of cyber security and cyber laws.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Illustrate cybercrime fundamentals.

CO 2: Analyze cyber offence planning.

CO 3: Interpret cybercrime on mobile and wireless devices.

CO 4: Distinguish type of tools and methods used in cyber crimes.

CO 5: Explain the importance of cyber security.


CO/PO PO1

(K3)

PO2

(K4)

PO3

(K5)

PO4

(K5)

PO5

(K3)

PO6

(K3)

PO7

(K2)

PO8

(K3)

PO9

(K2)

PO10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 2(K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -

CO 3(K5) 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - -

CO 4(K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -

CO 5(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -



CO 1(K2) - - 2

CO 2(K4) 2 2 3

CO 3(K5) 3 3 3

CO 4(K4) 2 2 3

CO 5(K2) - - 2

UNIT- I

Introduction to Cybercrime:

Introduction, Cybercrime: Definition and Origins of the Word, Cybercrime and Information

Security, Who are Cybercriminals?, Classifications of Cybercrimes, Cybercrime: The Legal

Perspectives, Cybercrimes: An Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000, A Global

Perspective on Cybercrimes, Cybercrime Era: Survival Mantra for the Netizens.





UNIT- II

Cyber offenses:

How Criminals Plan Them –Introduction, How Criminals Plan the Attacks, Social Engineering,

Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe and Cybercrimes, Botnets: The Fuel for Cybercrime, Attack Vector

Cloud Computing.

UNIT- III

Cybercrime Mobile and Wireless Devices:

Introduction, Proliferation of Mobile and Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit Card

Frauds in Mobile and Wireless Computing Era, Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices,

Registry Settings for Mobile Devices, Authentication Service Security, Attacks on Mobile/Cell

Phones, Mobile Devices: Security Implications for Organizations, Organizational Measures for

Handling Mobile, Organizational Security Policies and Measures in Mobile Computing Era,

Laptops.

UNIT- IV

Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime:

Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers, Phishing, Password Cracking, Key loggers and

Spywares, Virus and Worms, Trojan Horses and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS and DDoS

Attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow, Attacks on Wireless Networks, Phishing and Identity

Theft: Introduction, Phishing, Identity Theft (ID Theft)

UNIT -V

Cybercrimes and Cyber security:

Why Do We Need Cyber laws: The Indian Context, The Indian IT Act, Challenges to Indian Law

and Cybercrime Scenario in India, Consequences of Not Addressing the Weakness in Information

Technology Act, Digital Signatures and the Indian IT Act, Information Security Planning and

Governance, Information Security Policy Standards, Practices, The information Security Blueprint,

Security education, Training and awareness program, Continuing Strategies.

Text Books:

1. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal

Perspectives, Nina Godbole, SunitBelapure, Wiley.

2. Principles of Information Security, MichealE. Whitman and Herbert J.Mattord,

Cengage Learning.

Reference Books:

1. Information Security, Mark Rhodes, Ousley, MGH.

Web Links:

1. https://www.edx.org/micromasters/ritx-cybersecurity.

2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/cyber-security.

3. https://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/. 4. http://bedford-computing.co.uk/learning/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Principles-of-

Information-Security-4th-ed.-Michael-E.-Whitman.pdf

5. https://www.wileyindia.com/cyber-security-understanding-cyber-crimes-computer-

forensics-and-legal-perspectives.html.

****

academic regulations, program structure and syllabus pdf/b-tech/eee.pdf · 1. award of b. tech....

Documents